<<

®

Technical Documentation Electronic Butterfly – HS(U) Series – SHP Series

Effective April 2007

Table of Contents Control Product Range...... 2

Butterfly Valves — Resilient Seat HS(U) Series Valve Actuator Selection At A Glance ...... 4-5 Features and Benefits ...... 6-7 Sizing/Selection/Weights...... 8-9 50 PSI Close-Off, Spring/Non-Spring, 2-way/3-way...... 10-17 50 PSI Close-Off, Industrial Electric, 2-way/3-way ...... 18-23 200 PSI Close-Off, Spring/Non-Spring, 2-way/3-way...... 24-31 200 PSI Close-Off, Industrial Electric, 2-way/3-way ...... 32-37 Max Velocity/GPM Calculation Table ...... 38

Butterfly Valves — High Performance SHP Series Valve Actuator Selection at a Glance...... 40-41 Features and Benefits...... 42-43 Sizing/Selection/Weights...... 44-47 ANSI 150, Spring/Non-Spring, 2-way/3-way...... 48-51 ANSI 150, Industrial Electric, 2-way/3-way ...... 52-55 ANSI 300, Spring/Non-Spring, 2-way/3-way...... 56-59 ANSI 300, Industrial Electric, 2-way/3-way ...... 60-63 Max Velocity/GPM Calculation Table ...... 64

SY Series Industrial Electric Actuators Actuator Current Draw and Wire Sizing Data ...... 65 SY Actuator Technical Data ...... 66-74 SY Actuator Wiring Diagrams and Cautionary Statements...75-76 AF/AR/GR/GM Wiring Diagrams...... 77-86

Installation Recommendations Texas HS(U) Series ...... 87-90 th, SHP Series ...... 91-95 or W Accessories ZS Series Weathershields...... 96 , Fort NSV-SY Series Battery Backup System...... 97-114

Actuator and Valve Specifications ...... 115-117

Terms and Conditions of Sale, Warranty...... 118-119 Pier 1 Imports Belimo Project: Product Range ®

Electronic Pressure Independent Electronic Electronic Zone Valves Characterized Control Valves™ Characterized Control Valves™ U.S. Patent U.S. Patent

PICCV Two-way B2… Series Two-way ZONE2…N Series Two-way NPT Two-way Sweat B3… Series Three-way ZONE2…S Series Mixing/Diverting Three-way 1/2” to 2” B6… Series Two-way Flanged ZONE3…N Series Diverting NPT ZONE3…S Series Three-way Diverting Sweat 1/2” to 3” Service: Chilled/Hot Water, 60% glycol 0.5-80 GPM Flow Rate: Service: Chilled/Hot Water, 1/2” to 1” Material: Brass Body 60% glycol Brass/Stainless Trim Cv Range: 0.3-240 Floating Service: Chilled/Hot Water, Control: Material: Stainless Trim or 50% glycol Multi-Function Technology® Brass Trim C Range: 1.0 - 8.0 Spring Return or Control: On/Off, Floating, 2-10 VDC v Material: Brass Body Non-Spring Return Multi-Function Technology® Control: On/Off Spring Return or Non-Spring Return Spring Return Typical Application Air Handling Units: – Heating Coils – Cooling Coils Typical Application Typical Application Unit Ventilators Air Handling Units: – Heating Coils Coil Units: – Heating Coils – Cooling Coils – Cooling Coils VAV Box Re-heat Coils Fan Coil Units: – Heating Coils Baseboard Radiation – Cooling Coils Unit Ventilators VAV Box Re-heat Coils Bypass Loops J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

For detailed information and submittal data, see Technical Documentation at www.belimo.com or on CD-ROM.

2 ® Control Valve Product Range

Electronic Globe Valves Electronic Butterfly Valves Electronic Ball Valves – VS Series

Two-way Screwed G2…(S) Two-way Screwed F6… Series Two-way B2… Stainless Steel Trim Series Bronze or Stainless Trim (HS,HSU) VS Series Three-way Mixing/ G6…C (S) Two-way Flanged ANSI 125 F7… Series Three-way B3… Diverting Screwed Series Bronze or Stainless Trim (HS,HSU) Mixing/Diverting VS Series Stainless Steel Trim G6…(S) Two-way Flanged ANSI 125 B2… Two-way Screwed Series Bronze or Stainless Trim Two-way ANSI 150/300 F6… SHP VSS Series Stainless Steel Body G6…(S)-250 Two-way Flanged ANSI 250 Series and Trim Series Bronze or Stainless Trim Three-way ANSI 150/300 F7… SHP B6… Two-way Flanged Mixing/Diverting G3…(D) Three-way Screwed Series VS Series Stainless Steel Trim Series Bronze Trim G7…D (S) Three-way Flanged Series ANSI 125 Bronze or 2” to 30” 1/2” to 10” Stainless Trim G7…D (S)-250 Three-way Flanged Chilled/Hot Water, Series ANSI 250 Bronze or Service: Chilled/Hot Water, Service: Stainless Trim 50% Glycol 50% Glycol, Steam 1 to 12,400 Three-way Valves available in Mixing or Diverting C Range: 115 to 73, 426 Cv Range: v Bronze or Stainless Body Material: Stainless Shaft Material: Stainless Steel Trim 1/2” to 6” Stainless Disc Cast Iron, Full Lug Body RPTFE Seats Service: Chilled/Hot Water, EPDM Liner Control: On/Off, Floating, 60% Glycol, Steam 2-10 VDC On/Off, Floating, Control: On/Off, Floating Cv Range: 0.4-344 (Two-way) 2-10 VDC 2.2-340 (Three-way Mix.) 2-10 VDC, 4.4-248 (Three-way Div.) On/Off, Floating 1-5 VDC, 4-20mA 2-10 VDC, (NEMA 4 Actuator) Material: Stainless Steel Stem, 1-5 VDC, 4-20mA ® Bronze Trim or (NEMA 4 Actuator) Multi-Function Technology Stainless Trim Spring Return or Multi-Function Technology® On/Off, Floating, 2-10 VDC Non-Spring Return Control: Spring Return or Multi-Function Technology® Non-Spring Return Spring Return or Non-Spring Return Typical Application Typical Application Typical Application Chiller and Cooling Tower Isolation – Heating Coils Unit Ventilators Air Handling Units: Change-over Systems – Cooling Coils Humidifiers Large Air Handler Coil Control Fan Coil Units: – Heating Coils Heating and Cooling Coils – Cooling Coils Bypass Control Applications Unit Ventilators

J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. VAV Box Re-heat Coils Bypass Loops

For detailed information and submittal data, see Technical Documentation Call Customer Service to discuss at www.belimo.com or on CD-ROM. your application.

3 Valve/Actuator Selection At A Glance ® Resilient Seat Butterfly Valves

Nomenclature F650HSU + ARX24-MFT + A02 + NO + Chiller 1 Valve + Actuator F6 50 – HSU + ARX24–MFT

Valve Sizes

Valve Designation Sizes Butterfly Valve 50 - 750 = 2” - 30”

AM/AR… y GM/GR… Increasing SY… Torque Rotar

Actuator SY…P Non-Spring Return Type of Valve

Butterfly Valve F6…HSU 2-way Stainless Disc Increasing AF… Cast Iron Full Lug Torque Spring

EPDM Liner e Bubble-Tight Close-Off y to 50 psi Rotar ail Saf y

F AM/AR… F6…HS 2-way Stainless Disc k-upGM/GR… Return Increasing SY… Torque Batter Cast Iron Full Lug Bac SY…P EPDM Liner Bubble-Tight Close-Off to 200 psi (2”-12”) SY Series are available to 150 psi (14”+) in 24 VAC, 110 VAC and 220 VAC Models. F7…HSU 3-way Stainless Disc Cast Iron Full Lug EPDM Liner Bubble-Tight Close-Off to 50 psi

F7…HS 3-way Stainless Disc Cast Iron Full Lug EPDM Liner Bubble-Tight Close-Off to 200 psi (2”-12”) to 150 psi (14”+) J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

4 ® Valve/Actuator Selection At A Glance Resilient Seat Butterfly Valves

Specify Upon Ordering

+ A02 + NO + TAGGING (If needed)

Set-up configuration os No Set Up Required os No Set Up Required Field Logic Determines Normal Position Field Logic Determines Normal Position 30, 33 2 P 2 P y

y Master (Actuated) Valve NC (Normally Closed)

ee Config. NC (Normally Closed) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed T

2-wa 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed 3-wa 13, 23, 10, 13, [10-35] Master (Actuated) Valve NO (Normally Open) NO (Normally Open) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open Non-Spring Return Specify Mod Mod Non-Spring Return Mod Mod 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open

NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) Field Logic Determines Normal Position Field Logic Determines Normal Position Spring Fails Valve OPEN Spring Fails Master Valve OPEN os os NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) Tagging 2 P Field Logic Determines Normal Position 2 P Field Logic Determines Normal Position Spring Fails Master Valve CLOSED Valves may be

Spring Fails Valve CLOSED 32 35 31, 34 tagged per customer NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Master Valve Open specification. Spring Fails Valve OPEN Spring Fails Master Valve OPEN NO/FC (Normally Open/Fail Closed) NO/FC (Normally Open/Fail Closed) [10-35]

ee Configuration Example: 2-way 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open 3-way 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Maser Valve Open Spring Fails Valve CLOSED T Spring Fails Master Valve CLOSED 12, 22 11, 21 12, 15 11, 14 10, 20 Chiller 1 Spring Return NC/FO (Normally Closed/Fail Open) Spring Return NC/FO (Normally Closed/Fail Open) Mod Mod 3rd Floor East 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Master Valve Closed Specify

Spring Fails Valve OPEN 14,24 Spring Fails Master Valve OPEN NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Master Valve Closed

Spring Fails Valve CLOSED 35 34Spring 32Fails Master 31 Valve 22, 25 21, 24CLOSED 30 33 20, 23 15, 25

Multi-Function Technology® See Appendix for Complete List of Configurations Description Code Control Input Running Time Built-in Feedback List Price P-10001 A01 2-10 VDC 150 2-10 VDC No Charge P-10002 A02 0-10 VDC 150 0-10 VDC No Charge P-10028 A28 0-10 VDC 100 0-10 VDC No Charge P-10063 A63 0.5-4.5 VDC 150 0.5-4.5 VDC No Charge P-10064 A64 5.5-10 VDC 150 5.5-10 VDC No Charge P-20002 W02 0.02-5.00 sec. PWM 150 2-10 VDC No Charge P-20003 W03 0.10-25.5 sec. PWM 150 2-10 VDC No Charge P-30001 F01 Floating Point 150 2-10 VDC No Charge Example: AMX24-MFTX1 is a basic model with standard A01 [P-10001] configuration. Most popular configurations are available at no additional cost. All other configurations carry an additional list price.

ORDERING EXAMPLE

1 Choose the desired valve actuator combination based on valve ratings and actuator control parameters from the following pages. F650HSU+ARX24-MFT+A02+NO+Chiller 1 • J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

2 Specify Configuration (very important) – Multi-Function Technology® +A02 (0-10 VDC input / 0-10 feedback) •

– Tagging +Tagging “Chiller 1” • F650HSU+ARX24-MFT+A02+NO+Chiller 1 Total • List

5 Butterfly Valves ® HS… Series Valves, HVAC Service Butterfly Valves, 2-way and 3-way Assemblies Features and Benefits

Belimo resilient seat HS… Series Butterfly Valves are designed for use in ANSI Class 150 piping systems and are supplied in standard lug style body designs.

Valve Design Features • Unique seat and disc design ensures positive valve sealing while maintaining low seating torque

• Butterfly valve discs are precision machined to half ball profile, providing a precise disc-to-seat relationship

• Cartridge style seat incorporates an elastomer bonded to a phenolic stabilizing ring, eliminat- ing elastomer movement and reducing seat tearing or fatiguing due to bunching

• Cartridge seat has a much smaller mass of elastomer than traditional boot seat designs, limiting seat swell and the accompanying varia- tions in seating torque

• The four bushing design completely isolates the valve shaft from the body, resulting in increased control of the valve disc, lower valve seating torque, and longer valve life

• No mechanical shaft-to-disc connections pro- truding into flow stream (2”-12”)

• Cast Iron Full Lug Bodies

• EPDM liner

• Stainless Steel Disc

ISO5211 DESIGN • Two Models to suit the application: CAST IRON BODY – HSU Series provides economical HVAC solutions up to 50 psi close-off with a RPTFE TOP BUSHING 200 psi body rating ID TAG – HS Series provides full-rated close-off to EPDM O-RING 200 psi (2" - 12") or 150 psi (14" - 30") RPTFE BUSHINGS ANSI BOLT PATTERN

• 2-way and 3-way applications EPDM SEAT

304SS DISC

416SS SHAFT J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

DRIVE SPLINE

RPTFE LOWER BUSHING

6 ® Butterfly Valves SY Series Actuators Features and Benefits

Belimo’s SY series electric actuators have been designed to motor overload protection, heater, dual auxiliary Form C mate with our HS… series butterfly valves and other quarter switches, and easily accessible wiring termination points. turn valve applications. The patented gear drive mechanism Wiring diagrams, included in all printed documentation, are provides for efficient, smooth operation while allowing easy also affixed to the outside of the housing on the permanently manual override at any time. Drawing upon years of experi- attached product label. The units are easily visible in mechani- ence in the actuation industry, we have incorporated the most cal rooms with their characteristic Belimo Orange color. desirable features into the SY product range. All units have Torque ranges are available from 310 to 31,150 in lbs. NEMA 4, 4x ratings, easily visible position indicators, interna- tional standard ISO5211 mounting systems, internal thermal

Domed Position Indicator

Cast Aluminum Cover Powder Coated

NEMA 4X Rated Housing Four Cover Screws for Easy Access

Easily Accessible Field Wiring Terminal Thermally Protected Drive Motor

Positive Locking Switch Cams

Simple, Single Handed Override Wheel (SY2~12) ISO 5211 Mounting System J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Bearing Hardened Steel Seals Gear Sets

7 HS…Series Butterfly Valves ® with Standard Actuation

Average Assembly Weights Shown Valve Actuator Undercut Non-Spring Return Spring Return MAX SIZE MODEL GPM COP ARB24/AMB(X) GRB/GMB(X) 2XGMB(X) AF... 2XAF... 2” F650HSU 118 50  16 lbs.  17 lbs. -  

y 2.5” F665HSU 184 50 16 lbs. 18 lbs. - 3” F680HSU 264 50  17 lbs. -  29 lbs. 2-wa 4” F6100HSU 470 50  28 lbs. - -  38 lbs. 5” F6125HSU 734 50  33 lbs. - -  43 lbs. 6” F6150HSU 1058 50 -  50 lbs.

MAX SIZE MODEL GPM COP ARB24/AMB(X) GRB/GMB(X) 2XGMB(X) AF... 2XAF... 2” F750HSU 118 50  50 lbs.  52 lbs. - 2.5” F765HSU 184 50  62 lbs. -  73 lbs.

ay 3” F780HSU 264 50  70 lbs. - -  80 lbs.

3-W 4” F7100HSU 470 50 -  130 lbs. 5” F7125HSU 734 50 -  160 lbs. 6” F7150HSU 1058 50 -  200 lbs.

Full Rated Non-Spring Return Spring Return MAX SIZE MODEL GPM COP ARB24/AMB(X) GRB/GMB(X) 2XGMB(X) AF... 2XAF... 2” F650HS 118 200  16 lbs.  17 lbs. - 2.5” F665HS 184 200  16 lbs. -  28 lbs.

y 3” F680HS 264 200  19 lbs. - -  29 lbs. 

2-wa 4” F6100HS 470 200 - 38 lbs. 5” F6125HS 734 200 6” F6150HS 1058 200

MAX SIZE MODEL GPM COP ARB24/AMB(X) GRB/GMB(X) 2XGMB(X) AF... 2XAF... 2” F750HS 118 200  50 lbs.  52 lbs. - 2.5” F765HS 184 200  63 lbs. -- 73 lbs. 3” F780HS 264 200 -  80 lbs. ay 4” F7100HS 470 200 -  130 lbs. 3-W 5” F7125HS 734 200 6” F7150HS 1058 200 J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

8 ® HS…Series Butterfly Valves with Industrial Actuation

Average Assembly Weights Shown VALVE ACTUATOR Undercut Non-Spring Return SIZE MODEL MAX GPM COP SY1… SY2… SY3… SY4… Max GPM = Maximum US gallons 2” F650HSU 118 50  17 lbs. of water (gpm) per minute, at room 2.5” F665HSU 184 50  18 lbs. temperature, that will flow through 3” F680HSU 264 50  19 lbs. the fully open valve without

ay 4” F6100HSU 470 50  50 lbs. exceeding design velocity limits. 5” F6125HSU 734 50  54 lbs. 2-W 6” F6150HSU 1058 50  61 lbs. COP = Close-Off Pressure stated in psi. This is the maximum differ- 8” F6200HSU 1880 50  70 lbs. ential pressure the valve will close- 10” F6250HSU 2938 50  89 lbs. off against while maintaining a 12” F6300HSU 4230 50  118 lbs. bubble tight seal.

SIZE MODEL MAX GPM COP SY1… SY2… SY3… SY4… All SY series actuators are NEMA 2” F750HSU 118 50  52 lbs 4X rated and include 2 auxiliary 2.5” F765HSU 184 50  63 lbs. switches and a heater. 3” F780HSU 264 50  92 lbs.  ay 4” F7100HSU 470 50 142 lbs. 5” F7125HSU 734 50  171 lbs. 3-W 6” F7150HSU 1058 50  211 lbs. 8” F7200HSU 1880 50  289 lbs. 10” F7250HSU 2938 50  472 lbs. 12” F7300HSU 4230 50  643 lbs.

Full Rated Non-Spring Return SIZE MODEL MAX GPM COP SY2… SY3… SY4… SY6… SY7… SY8… SY10… SY12… 2” F650HS 118 200  39 lbs. 2.5” F665HS 184 200  39 lbs. 3” F680HS 264 200  40 lbs. 4” F6100HS 470 200  50 lbs. 5” F6125HS 734 200  54 lbs. 6” F6150HS 1058 200  61 lbs.  ay 8” F6200HS 1880 200 94 lbs. 10” F6250HS 2938 200  113 lbs. 2-W 12” F6300HS 4230 200  142 lbs. 14” F6350HS 5758 150  178 lbs. 16” F6400HS 7520 150  253 lbs. 18” F6450HS 9518 150  330 lbs. 20” F6500HS 11750 150  364 lbs. 24” F6600HS 16921 150  529 lbs. 30” F6750HS 26438 150  1199 lbs.

SIZE MODEL MAX GPM COP SY2… SY3… SY4… SY5… SY7… SY8… SY11… SY12… 2” F750HS 118 200  73 lbs. 2.5” F765HS 184 200  85 lbs. 3” F780HS 264 200  92 lbs. 4” F7100HS 470 200  142 lbs. 5” F7125HS 734 200  171 lbs. 6” F7150HS 1058 200  211 lbs. ay 8” F7200HS 1880 200  313 lbs. J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

3-W 10” F7250HS 2938 200  472 lbs. 12” F7300HS 4230 200  643 lbs. 14” F7350HS 5758 150  879 lbs. 16” F7400HS 7520 150  1252 lbs. 18” F7450HS 9518 150  1524 lbs. 20” F7500HS 11750 150  1845 lbs. 24” F7600HS 16921 150  2813 lbs.

9 F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 2” - 5” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

• 50 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut-off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Specifications Jobsite Note: Service chilled, hot water, glycol Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Action 90° rotation F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Sizes 2” to 5” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90

80 Shaft 416 stainless steel W O

O-ring EPDM L 70 F

Upper bushing RPTFE M 60 U M

Middle bushings RPTFE I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O 30

Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 50 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off M M Valve Size C C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C 50° C 60° C 70° C 80° C 90°

v v v v v v v v v v J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F650HSU 2” 115 0.06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F665HSU 2-1/2” 196 0.10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196 F680HSU 3” 302 0.20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302 F6100HSU 4” 600 0.30 17 36 78 139 230 364 546 600 F6125HSU 5” 1022 0.50 29 61 133 237 392 620 930 1022

10 ® F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 2” - 5” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Fail Safe # AF 2XAF Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) (PSI) F650HSU 2” 115 1.65 9.00 19.50 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC 50 – F665HSU 2-1/2” 196 1.76 9.00 20.00 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC 50 – F680HSU 3” 302 1.78 9.00 20.50 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC – 50 F6100HSU 4” 600 2.05 9.00 21.00 7.50 8 5/8-11UNC – 50 F6125HSU 5” 1022 2.14 9.00 22.00 8.50 8 3/4-10UNC – 50 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 50# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have actuators mounted on a common valve shaft.

Actuation Specifications Dimensions in Inches (see actuator section for details) Type Direct Coupled Electronic Supply Voltages 120VAC, 24VAC, ± 20%, 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 Position Signals Floating, 2-10VDC 4-20mA, MFT Fail Modes Spring Return, Fail in Position, Battery Back-up D

B C

A J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

BHC

11 F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 2” - 3” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AR Series Electronic Actuation

• 50 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut-off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Specifications Jobsite Note: Service chilled, hot water, glycol Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Action 90° rotation F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Sizes 2” to 3” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90

80 Shaft 416 stainless steel W O

O-ring EPDM L 70 F

Upper bushing RPTFE M 60 U M

Middle bushings RPTFE I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O 30

Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 50 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F650HSU 2” 115 0.06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F665HSU 2-1/2” 196 0.10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196 F680HSU 3” 302 0.20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302

12 ® F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 2” - 3” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AR Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Cv Cv # ARB(X) Valve Size (90°) (60°) A B C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) F650HSU 2” 115 44 1.65 7.00 7.00 15.00 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC 50 F665HSU 2-1/2” 196 75 1.76 7.00 7.00 15.50 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC 50 F680HSU 3” 302 116 1.78 7.00 7.00 16 .00 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC 50 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 50# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request.

ARB24-3-5

5.91" [150] 3.66" 6.9" 4.61" [93] [176] [117]

3.3" [84]

0.827" [21]

D B C

A

BHC

Dimensions are in inches. [mm are in brackets] J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

13 F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 4” - 5” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GR Series Electronic Actuation

• 50 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut-off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Specifications Jobsite Note: Service chilled, hot water, glycol Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Action 90° rotation F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Sizes 4” to 5” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless Steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90

80 Shaft 416 stainless steel W O

O-ring EPDM L 70 F

Upper bushing RPTFE M 60 U M

Middle bushings RPTFE I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O 30

Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 50 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F6100HSU 4” 600 0.30 17 36 78 139 230 364 546 600 F6125HSU 5” 1022 0.50 29 61 133 237 392 620 930 1022

14 ® F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 4” - 5” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GR Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Cv Cv # GRB(X) Valve Size (90°) (60°) A B C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) F6100HSU 4” 600 230 2.05 8.00 8.00 17.00 7.50 8 5/8-11UNC 50 F6125HSU 5” 1022 392 2.14 8.00 8.00 17.50 8.50 8 3/4-10UNC 50 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 50# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request.

GRB24-3-7

1.73" 5.94" 4.88" [44] [151] [124]

3.82" [97]

D B C

A

BHC J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. Dimensions are in inches. [mm are in brackets]

15 F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 6” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GM Series Electronic Actuation

• 50 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut-off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Specifications Jobsite Note: Service chilled, hot water, glycol Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Action 90° rotation F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Sizes 6” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless Steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90

80 Shaft 416 stainless steel W O

O-ring EPDM L 70 F

Upper bushing RPTFE M 60 U M

Middle bushings RPTFE I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O 30

Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 50 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F6150HSU 6” 1579 0.80 45 95 205 366 605 958 1437 1579

16 ® F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 6” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GM Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Cv Cv # GMB(X) Valve Size (90°) (60°) A B C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) F6150HSU 6” 1579 605 2.19 8.00 8.00 22.50 9.50 8 3/4-10UNC 50 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 50# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have actuators mounted on a common valve shaft.

Dimensions in Inches

D

B C

A

J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. BHC

17 F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 2”- 12” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with SY Series Electric Actuation

• 50 psi bubble tight shut-off 2” - 12” • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Jobsite Note: Specifications Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to Service chilled, hot water, glycol construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Action 90° rotation F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Sizes 2” to 12” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 Stainless Steel Seat EPDM standard Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 100 Shaft 416 Stainless Steel 90 80 O-ring EPDM W O

L 70 Upper bushing RPTFE F

M 60 Middle bushings RPTFE U M I 50 Lower bushing RPTFE X A

Flange For use with ANSI125/150 Flanges M 40 F Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] O 30 % Operation Ambient 20

Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 50 psi 2” - 12” 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS MOD On/Off M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F650HSU 2” 115 .06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F665HSU 2-1/2” 196 .10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196

F680HSU 3” 302 .20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302 J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F6100HSU 4” 600 .30 17 36 78 139 230 364 546 600 F6125HSU 5” 1022 .50 29 61 133 237 392 620 930 1022 F6150HSU 6” 1579 .80 45 95 205 366 605 958 1437 1579 F6200HSU 8” 3136 2 89 188 408 727 1202 1903 2854 3136 F6250HSU 10” 5340 3 151 320 694 1237 2047 3240 4859 5340 F6300HSU 12” 8250 4 234 495 1072 1911 3062 5005 7507 8250

18 ® F6…HSU Butterfly Valves 2”- 12” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with SY Series Electric Actuation

Maximum dimensions, measured in inches # Close-Off Valve Size Cv(90°) A B(Max) C(Max) D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Pressure(PSI) F650HSU 2” 115 1.65 4.25 4.25 15.50 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC SY1… 50 F665HSU 2 1/2” 196 1.76 4.25 4.25 16.00 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC SY1… 50 F680HSU 3” 302 1.78 4.25 4.25 16.25 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC SY1… 50 F6100HSU 4” 600 2.05 8.00 13.00 22.00 7.50 8 5/8-11UNC SY2… 50 F6125HSU 5” 1022 2.14 8.00 13.00 22.50 8.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY2… 50 F6150HSU 6” 1579 2.19 8.00 13.00 23.00 9.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY2… 50 F6200HSU 8” 3136 2.37 8.00 13.00 24.25 11.75 8 3/4-10UNC SY3… 50 F6250HSU 10” 5340 2.58 8.00 13.00 25.50 14.25 12 7/8-9UNC SY3… 50 F6300HSU 12” 8250 3.01 8.00 13.00 27.25 17.00 12 7/8-9UNC SY4… 50 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 150°F. Model SY1… does not have handwheel - override is via 8mm wrench on bottom side of actuator.

Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 50 psi differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Belimo SY Series actuators are NEMA 4, 4x rated.

Dimensions in inches

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) C B Type Industrial Electric Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC, ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 position Signals Floating D 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC 4-20mA, SY MFT Fail Modes Fail in position Battery Back-up

J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. A

19 F7…HSU Butterfly Valves, 2”- 3” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

• 50 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with ASME/ANSI B16.1 Class 125 flanges

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Specifications Jobsite Note: Service chilled, hot water, glycol Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Flow Characteristic modified linear found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Action 90° rotation F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Sizes 2” to 3” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F Shaft 416 stainless steel O-ring EPDM Upper bushing PTFE Middle bushings PTFE Lower bushing PTFE Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] Operation Ambient Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Maximum Differential Pressure 50 psi Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off

M M J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F750HSU 2” 115 0.06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F765HSU 2-1/2” 196 0.10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196 F780HSU 3” 302 0.20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302

20 ® F7…HSU Butterfly Valves, 2”- 3” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Fail Safe # AF 2XAF Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) (PSI) F750HSU 2” 115 4.50 6.15 15.50 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC 50 – F765HSU 2-1/2” 196 5.00 6.76 16.00 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC – 50 F780HSU 3” 302 5.50 7.28 16.25 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC – 50 Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F. Dimensions in Inches Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 50# differential pressure in the closed position. AB 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not 1 0 included. D 0 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. All 3-way assemblies require the customer to spec- C ify the 3-way configuration prior to order entry to guarantee correct placement of valves and actuators on the assembly. 1 0 D163 0 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have single actuators mounted on each Actuation Specifications valve shaft. (see actuator section for details) 7. Bolts supplied are for shipping purposes only. Upon installation Type Direct Coupled Electronic replace with an appropriate SAE grade 5 or better hardware. Supply Voltages 120 VAC, 24 VAC, ± 20%, 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 Position, Floating Signals 2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA, MFT Master Valve Spring Return, Fail in Position or Fail Modes Battery Back-up 3-way Configuration Codes R R E E D163 E E V N R T T R V A O N E S S E A L T T O M A A L S S S S M M M M A A O M M M C O C

COMMON

SLAVE SLAVE

ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER CONFIG MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL X10 OPEN NON-FAIL X20 OPEN NON-FAIL X30 OPEN NON-FAIL X11 OPEN OPEN X21 OPEN OPEN X31 OPEN OPEN X12 OPEN CLOSED X22 OPEN CLOSED X32 OPEN CLOSED X13 CLOSED NON-FAIL X23 CLOSED NON-FAIL X33 CLOSED NON-FAIL X14 CLOSED OPEN X24 CLOSED OPEN X34 CLOSED OPEN

J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. X15 CLOSED CLOSED X25 CLOSED CLOSED X35 CLOSED CLOSED X Specifies Bi-Directional Flow Capability

Notes: Ordering Information: 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. Please note that HS series BF valves 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. over 18" and ALL sizes 3-way tee 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). assemblies ordered with Configuration 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. C are special order / custom built and 5. Proportional actuator normal position is a function of the CCW/CW switch. are NOT returnable. 6. All 3-way assemblies are designed for 90 degree actuator rotation.

21 F7…HSU Butterfly Valves 2”- 12” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with SY Series Electric Actuation

• 50 psi bubble tight shut-off 2” - 12” • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with ASME/ANSI B16.1 Class 125 flanges

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples. Specifications Fail safe operation is possible with NSV-SY series battery back- Service chilled, hot water, glycol up systems. Flow Characteristic modified linear Action 90° rotation Jobsite Note: Sizes 2” to 12” Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged construction. Complete installation recommendations can be found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Materials: F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 Stainless Steel Seat EPDM standard Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F Shaft 416 Stainless Steel O-ring EPDM Upper bushing RPTFE Middle bushings RPTFE Lower bushing RPTFE Flange For use with ANSI125/150 Flanges Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] Operation Ambient Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] Maximum Differential Pressure 50 psi 2” - 12” Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) Maximum Velocity 12 FPS MOD On/Off M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F750HSU 2” 115 .06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F765HSU 2-1/2” 196 .10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196

F780HSU 3” 302 .20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302 J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F7100HSU 4” 600 .30 17 36 78 139 230 364 546 600 F7125HSU 5” 1022 .50 29 61 133 237 392 620 930 1022 F7150HSU 6” 1579 .80 45 95 205 366 605 958 1437 1579 F7200HSU 8” 3136 2 89 188 408 727 1202 1903 2854 3136 F7250HSU 10” 5340 3 151 320 694 1237 2047 3240 4859 5340 F7300HSU 12” 8250 4 234 495 1072 1911 3062 5005 7507 8250

22 ® F7…HSU Butterfly Valves 2”- 12” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with SY Series Electric Actuation

Maximum dimensions, measured in inches # Close-Off Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Pressure(PSI) F750HSU 2” 115 4.50 6.15 15.50 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC SY1… 50 F765HSU 2 1/2” 196 5.00 6.76 16.00 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC SY1… 50 F780HSU 3” 302 5.50 7.28 21.00 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC SY2… 50 F7100HSU 4” 600 6.50 8.55 21.75 7.50 8 5/8-11UNC SY2… 50 F7125HSU 5” 1022 7.50 9.64 22.25 8.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY2… 50 F7150HSU 6” 1579 8.00 10.19 22.75 9.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY2… 50 F7200HSU 8” 3136 9.00 11.37 24.25 11.75 8 3/4-10UNC SY3… 50 F7250HSU 10” 5340 11.00 13.58 30.00 14.25 12 7/8-9UNC SY4… 50 F7300HSU 12” 8250 12.00 15.01 32.00 17.00 12 7/8-9UNC SY4… 50 Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 150°F. Model SY1… does not have hand wheel - override is via 8mm wrench on bottom side of actuator. Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 50 psi differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. All 3-way assemblies require the customer to specify the 3-way configuration prior to order entry to guarantee correct placement of valves and actuators on the assembly. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Belimo SY Series actuators are NEMA 4, 4x rated.

Dimensions in inches Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Type Industrial Electric D163 AB Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC, ± 10%, 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 position D

Signals Floating 0 S 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC 4-20mA, SY MFT R

C N

Fail Modes Fail in position E O Battery Back-up T M N S O M A O M M

3-way configuration codes C M E R R V N E E E O R R A T T V O E E D163 N L C S S A T M T S O A A L S S M S M

M Ordering Information: M SLAVE SLAVE A A O M M M C O ON/OFFPlease OR note that HS series BFON/OFF OR O C MOD@2VDCvalves overMASTER 18" and ALL sizesMOD@2VDC M CONFIG MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CODE VALVE3-wa ISy tee @assembliesFAIL CODE orderedVALVE IS COMMON X10 withOPEN ConfigurationNON-FAIL codesX20 30-35OPEN N SLAVE SLAVE X11 areOPEN special orderOPEN / customX21 builtOPEN O X12 OPEN CLOSED X22 OPEN C X13 CLOSEDand NON-FAIL are NOT returnable.X23 CLOSED N C

J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR X14 CLOSED OPEN X24 CLOSED X MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER CONFIG MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE X15 CLOSED CLOSED X25 CLOSED C CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL X Specifies Bi-Directional Flow Capability X10 OPEN NON-FAIL X20 OPEN NON-FAIL X30 OPEN NON-FAIL Notes: X11 OPEN OPEN X21 OPEN OPEN X31 OPEN OPEN 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. X12 OPEN CLOSED X22 OPEN CLOSED X32 OPEN CLOSED 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). X13 CLOSED NON-FAIL X23 CLOSED NON-FAIL X33 CLOSED NON-FAIL 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. X14 CLOSED OPEN X24 CLOSED OPEN X34 CLOSED OPEN 5. Proportional actuator normal position is a function of the CCW/CW switch. 6. All 3-way assemblies are designed for 90 degree actuator rotation. X15 CLOSED CLOSED X25 CLOSED CLOSED X35 CLOSED CLOSED X Specifies Bi-Directional Flow Capability

Notes: 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. 23 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. 5 P ti l t t l ition is a function of the CCW/CW switch. 6 F6…HS Butterfly Valves 2” - 3” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

• 200 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Jobsite Note: Specifications Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Service chilled, hot water, glycol found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Action 90° rotation Sizes 2” to 3” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90 Shaft 416 stainless steel 80 W

O-ring EPDM O L 70 Upper bushing RPTFE F M 60 U

Middle bushings RPTFE M I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] 30 % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 200 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F650HS 2” 115 0.06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F665HS 2-1/2” 196 0.10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196 F680HS 3” 302 0.20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302

24 ® F6…HS Butterfly Valves 2” - 3” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Fail Safe # AF 2XAF Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) (PSI) F650HS 2” 115 1.65 9.00 19.50 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC 200 – F665HS 2-1/2” 196 1.76 9.00 20.00 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC 2– 200 F680HS 3” 302 1.78 9.00 20.50 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC – 200 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 200# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have actuators mounted on a common valve shaft.

Actuation Specifications Dimensions in Inches (see actuator section for details) Type Direct Coupled Electronic Supply Voltages 24 VAC, ± 10% 120 VAC, ± 10% 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 Position Signals Floating 2-10 VDC 4-20 mA D MFT Fail Modes Spring Return, Fail in Position B C

A J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

BHC

25 F6…HS Butterfly Valves 2” - 2-1/2” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AR Series Electronic Actuation

• 200 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Jobsite Note: Specifications Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Service chilled, hot water, glycol found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Action 90° rotation Sizes 2” to 2-1/2” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90 Shaft 416 stainless steel 80 W

O-ring EPDM O L 70 Upper bushing RPTFE F M 60 U

Middle bushings RPTFE M I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] 30 % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 200 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F650HS 2” 115 0.06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F665HS 2-1/2” 196 0.10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196

26 ® F6…HS Butterfly Valves 2” - 2-1/2” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AR Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Cv Cv # ARB(X) Valve Size (90°) (60°) A B C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) F650HS 2” 115 44 1.65 7.00 7.00 15.00 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC 200 F665HS 2-1/2” 196 75 1.76 7.00 7.00 15.50 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC 200 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 200# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request.

ARB24-3-5

5.91" [150] 3.66" 6.9" 4.61" [93] [176] [117]

3.3" [84]

0.827" [21]

D B C

A

BHC J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

Dimensions are in inches. [mm are in brackets]

27 F6…HS Butterfly Valves 3” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GR Series Electronic Actuation

• 200 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Jobsite Note: Specifications Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Service chilled, hot water, glycol found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Action 90° rotation Sizes 3” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90 Shaft 416 stainless steel 80 W

O-ring EPDM O L 70 Upper bushing RPTFE F M 60 U

Middle bushings RPTFE M I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] 30 % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 200 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F680HS 3” 302 0.20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302

28 ® F6…HS Butterfly Valves 3” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GR Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Cv Cv # GRB(X) Valve Size (90°) (60°) A B C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) F680HS 3” 302 116 1.78 3.00 8.00 16.00 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC 200 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 200# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request.

GRB24-3-5

1.73" 5.94" 4.88" [44] [151] [124]

3.82" [97]

D B C

A

J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. BHC

Dimensions are in inches. [mm are in brackets]

29 F6…HS Butterfly Valves 4” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GM Series Electronic Actuation

• 200 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Jobsite Note: Specifications Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Service chilled, hot water, glycol found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Action 90° rotation Sizes 4” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard 100 Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F 90 Shaft 416 stainless steel 80 W

O-ring EPDM O L 70 Upper bushing RPTFE F M 60 U

Middle bushings RPTFE M I 50 X

Lower bushing RPTFE A

M 40

Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges F O Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] 30 % Operation Ambient 20 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 200 psi 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F6100HS 4” 600 0.30 17 36 78 139 230 364 546 600

30 ® F6…HS Butterfly Valves 4” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with GM Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Cv Cv # 2XGMB(X) Valve Size (90°) (60°) A B C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) F6100HS 4” 600 230 2.05 8.00 8.00 21.00 7.50 8 5/8-11UNC 200 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 200# differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have actuators mounted on a common valve shaft.

Dimensions in Inches

D

B C

A J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. BHC

31 F6…HS Butterfly Valves 2”- 30” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Full Rated, Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Electric Actuation

• 200 psi bubble tight shut-off 2” - 12” • 150 psi bubble tight shut-off 14” - 30” • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass Specifications and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for Service chilled, hot water, glycol an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Action 90° rotation Victaulic 41 series flange nipples. Sizes 2” to 30” Fail safe operation is possible with NSV-SY series battery back- Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged up systems. Materials: Jobsite Note: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to Disc 304 Stainless Steel construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Seat EPDM standard found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Shaft 416 Stainless Steel Taper pins Stainless Steel (14”+ Only) 100 O-ring EPDM 90 80 W

Upper bushing RPTFE O L 70 F

Middle bushings RPTFE M 60 U M Lower bushing RPTFE I 50 X A

Flange For use with ANSI125/150 Flanges M 40 F

Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] O 30 % Operation Ambient 20

Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] 10 Maximum Differential Pressure 200 psi 2” - 12”, 150 psi 14” to 30” 0 1020 3040 50 607090 80 100 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) % OF VALVE OPENING Maximum Velocity 12 FPS MOD On/Off M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F650HS 2” 115 .06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F665HS 2-1/2” 196 .10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196 F680HS 3” 302 .20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302 F6100HS 4” 600 .30 17 36 78 139 230 364 546 600 F6125HS 5” 1022 .50 29 61 133 237 392 620 930 1022 F6150HS 6” 1579 .80 45 95 205 366 605 958 1437 1579 F6200HS 8” 3136 2 89 188 408 727 1202 1903 2854 3136 F6250HS 10” 5340 3 151 320 694 1237 2047 3240 4859 5340

F6300HS 12” 8250 4 234 495 1072 1911 3062 5005 7507 8250 J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F6350HS 14” 11917 6 338 715 1549 2761 4568 7230 10844 11917 F6400HS 16” 16388 8 464 983 2130 3797 6282 9942 14913 16388 F6450HS 18” 21705 11 615 1302 2822 5028 8320 13168 19752 21705 F6500HS 20” 27908 14 791 1674 3628 6465 10698 16931 25396 27908 F6600HS 24” 43116 22 1222 2587 5605 9989 16528 26157 39236 43116 F6750HS 30” 73426 37 2081 4405 9545 17011 28146 44545 66818 73426

32 ® F6…HS Butterfly Valves 2”- 30” Cast Iron Lug Body Full Rated, Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Electric Actuation

Maximum dimensions, measured in inches # Close-Off Valve Size Cv(90°) A B(Max) C(Max) D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Pressure(PSI) F650HS 2” 115 1.65 8.00 13.00 20.25 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F665HS 2 1/2” 196 1.76 8.00 13.00 20.75 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F680HS 3” 302 1.78 8.00 13.00 21.00 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F6100HS 4” 600 2.05 8.00 13.00 21.75 7.50 8 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F6125HS 5” 1022 2.14 8.00 13.00 22.25 8.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY2… 200 F6150HS 6” 1579 2.19 8.00 13.00 22.75 9.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY3… 200 F6200HS 8” 3136 2.37 12.00 15.00 29.00 11.75 8 3/4-10UNC SY4… 200 F6250HS 10” 5340 2.58 12.00 15.00 30.00 14.25 12 7/8-9UNC SY4… 200 F6300HS 12” 8250 3.01 12.00 15.00 32.00 17.00 12 7/8-9UNC SY4… 200 F6350HS 14” 11917 3.02 12.00 15.00 33.00 18.75 12 1-8UNC SY5… 150 F6400HS 16” 16388 3.39 12.00 15.00 34.50 21.25 16 1-8UNC SY6…† 150 F6450HS 18” 21705 4.13 14.00 21.00 39.25 22.75 16 1 1/8-7UNC SY8…† 150 F6500HS 20” 27908 5.00 14.00 21.00 41.50 25.00 20 1 1/8-7UNC SY8…† 150 F6600HS 24” 43116 5.94 14.00 22.00 53.25 29.50 20 1 1/4-7UNC SY11…† 150 F6750HS 30” 73426 6.57 14.00 22.00 57.50 36.00 28 1 1/4-7UNC SY12…† 150 Dimension “A” is compressed, add .125” for relaxed state. †SY6 and larger available in 110/220 VAC versions only. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 150°F. Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 200 psi differential pressure in the closed position, (150 psi 14”+). 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Belimo SY Series actuators are NEMA 4, 4x rated.

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Dimensions in inches Type Industrial Electric Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and C B 230 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 Position Signals Floating 2-10 VDC, 1-5 VDC 4-20 mA D Fail Modes Fail in Position or Battery Back-up J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. A

33 F7…HS Butterfly Valves, 2”- 2-1/2” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

• 200 psi bubble tight shut-off • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with ASME/ANSI B16.1 Class 125 flanges

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Victaulic 41 series flange nipples.

Jobsite Note: Specifications Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to Service chilled, hot water, glycol construction. Complete installation recommendations can be found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Flow Characteristic modified linear F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. Action 90° rotation Sizes 2” to 2-1/2” Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Materials: Body cast iron -200 psig Body Disc 304 stainless steel Seat EPDM standard Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F Shaft 416 stainless steel O-ring EPDM Upper bushing RPTFE Middle bushings RPTFE Lower bushing RPTFE Flange For use with ANSI 125/150 Flanges Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] Operation Ambient Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Maximum Differential Pressure 200 psi Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) Maximum Velocity 12 FPS

MOD On/Off J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F750HS 2” 115 0.06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F765HS 2-1/2” 196 0.10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196

34 ® F7…HS Butterfly Valves, 2”- 2-1/2” Cast Iron Lug Body Resilient Seat, 304 Stainless Disc with AF Series Electronic Actuation

Maximum Dimensions, Measured in Inches Close-Off Pressures Fail Safe # AF 2XAF Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt (PSI) (PSI) F750HS 2” 115 4.50 6.15 15.50 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC 200 – F765HS 2-1/2” 196 5.00 6.76 16.00 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC – 200 Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 122°F.

Application Notes: Dimensions in Inches 1. Valves are rated at 200# differential pressure in the closed position. AB 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not

included. 1 0 D 0 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. All 3-way assemblies require the customer to specify the 3-way configuration prior to order entry to guar- C antee correct placement of valves and actuators on the D163 1 0 assembly. 0 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data upon request. Actuation Specifications 6. Dual actuated valves have single actuators mounted on each (see actuator section for details) valve shaft. Type Direct Coupled Electronic 7. Bolts supplied are for shipping purposes only. Upon installation replace with an appropriate SAE grade 5 or Supply Voltages 120 VAC, 24 VAC, ± 20%, 50/60 Hz better hardware. Available Control 2 Position, Floating Signals 2-10 VDC, 4-20 mA, MFT Master Valve Fail in Position or Fail Modes Battery Back-up 3-way Configuration Codes R R E E E E V N R T R T V A D163 O N E S E S A L T T M O A A L S S S S M M M M A A O M M M C O C

COMMON

SLAVE SLAVE

ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER CONFIG MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL X10 OPEN NON-FAIL X20 OPEN NON-FAIL X30 OPEN NON-FAIL X11 OPEN OPEN X21 OPEN OPEN X31 OPEN OPEN X12 OPEN CLOSED X22 OPEN CLOSED X32 OPEN CLOSED X13 CLOSED NON-FAIL X23 CLOSED NON-FAIL X33 CLOSED NON-FAIL X14 CLOSED OPEN X24 CLOSED OPEN X34 CLOSED OPEN X15 CLOSED CLOSED X25 CLOSED CLOSED X35 CLOSED CLOSED J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. X Specifies Bi-Directional Flow Capability Ordering Information: Notes: Please note that HS series BF valves 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. over 18" and ALL sizes 3-way tee 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). assemblies ordered with 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. Configuration C are special order / 5. Proportional actuator normal position is a function of the CCW/CW switch. custom built and are NOT returnable. 6. All 3-way assemblies are designed for 90 degree actuator rotation.

35 F7…HS Butterfly Valves 2”- 24” Cast Iron Lug Body ® Full Rated, Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Electric Actuation

• 200 psi bubble tight shut-off 2” - 12” • 150 psi bubble tight shut-off 14” - 24” • Long stem design allows for 2” insulation • Valve face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-67 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with ASME/ANSI B16.1 Class 125 flanges

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and commercial applications requiring bubble tight shut off for liquids. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isola- Specifications tion, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass Service chilled, hot water, glycol and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for Flow Characteristic modified linear an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Action 90° rotation Sizes 2” to 24” Designed for use in Victaulic piping systems when mated to Type of End Fitting 125/150 lb. flanged Victaulic 41 series flange nipples. Materials: Fail safe operation is possible with NSV-SY series battery back- Body cast iron -200 psig Body up systems. Disc 304 Stainless Steel Jobsite Note: Seat EPDM standard Valves should be stored in a weather protected area prior to Body Pressure 200 psi at -30°F to 275°F construction. Complete installation recommendations can be Shaft 416 Stainless Steel found in Belimo’s Installation and Maintenance Instructions for Taper pins Stainless Steel (14”+ Only) F6/F7…HS/HSU Butterfly Valves. O-ring EPDM Upper bushing RPTFE Middle bushings RPTFE Lower bushing RPTFE Flange For use with ANSI125/150 Flanges Media Temp. Range -22°F to +250°F [-30°C to +120°C] Operation Ambient Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] Maximum Differential Pressure 200 psi 2” - 12”, 150 psi 14” to 24” Rangeability 10:1 (for 30° to 70° range) Maximum Velocity 12 FPS MOD On/Off M M Valve Size Cv Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F750HS 2” 115 .06 3 7 15 27 44 70 105 115 F765HS 2-1/2” 196 .10 6 12 25 45 75 119 178 196 F780HS 3” 302 .20 9 18 39 70 116 183 275 302 F7100HS 4” 600 .30 17 36 78 139 230 364 546 600 F7125HS 5” 1022 .50 29 61 133 237 392 620 930 1022 F7150HS 6” 1579 .80 45 95 205 366 605 958 1437 1579 F7200HS 8” 3136 2 89 188 408 727 1202 1903 2854 3136

F7250HS 10” 5340 3 151 320 694 1237 2047 3240 4859 5340 J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. F7300HS 12” 8250 4 234 495 1072 1911 3062 5005 7507 8250 F7350HS 14” 11917 6 338 715 1549 2761 4568 7230 10844 11917 F7400HS 16” 16388 8 464 983 2130 3797 6282 9942 14913 16388 F7450HS 18” 21705 11 615 1302 2822 5028 8320 13168 19752 21705 F7500HS 20” 27908 14 791 1674 3628 6465 10698 16931 25396 27908 F7600HS 24” 43116 22 1222 2587 5605 9989 16528 26157 39236 43116

36 ® F7…HS Butterfly Valves 2”- 24” Cast Iron Lug Body Full Rated, Resilient Seat 304 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Electric Actuation

Maximum dimensions, measured in inches # Close-Off Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Pressure(PSI) F750HS 2” 115 4.50 6.15 20.25 4.75 4 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F765HS 2 1/2” 196 5.00 6.76 20.75 5.50 4 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F780HS 3” 302 5.50 7.28 21.00 6.00 4 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F7100HS 4” 600 6.50 8.55 21.75 7.50 8 5/8-11UNC SY2… 200 F7125HS 5” 1022 7.50 9.64 22.25 8.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY3… 200 F7150HS 6” 1579 8.00 10.19 22.75 9.50 8 3/4-10UNC SY3… 200 F7200HS 8” 3136 9.00 11.37 29.00 11.75 8 3/4-10UNC SY4… 200 F7250HS 10” 5340 11.00 13.58 30.00 14.25 12 7/8-9UNC SY4… 200 F7300HS 12” 8250 12.00 15.01 32.00 17.00 12 7/8-9UNC SY5… 200 F7350HS 14” 11917 14.00 17.02 33.00 18.75 12 1-8UNC SY6…† 150 F7400HS 16” 16388 15.00 18.39 38.50 21.25 16 1-8UNC SY7…† 150 F7450HS 18” 21705 16.50 20.63 39.50 22.75 16 1 1/8-7UNC SY9…† 150 F7500HS 20” 27908 18.00 23.00 41.50 25.00 20 1 1/8-7UNC SY9…† 150 F7600HS 24” 43116 22.00 27.9 53.25 29.50 20 1 1/4-7UNC SY12…† 150 †SY6 and larger available in 110/220 VAC versions only. Maximum actuator ambient temperature is 150°F. Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 200 psi differential pressure in the closed position. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use with ANSI Class 125/150 flanges. Installation flanges and hardware are not included. 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled and tested, ready for installation. All 3-way assemblies require the customer to specify the 3-way configuration prior to order entry to guarantee correct placement of valves and actuators on the assembly. 4. Dimension “D” allows for actuator removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Belimo SY Series actuators are NEMA 4, 4x rated.

Dimensions in inches Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) D163 Type Industrial Electric Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and AB 230 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 Position, Floating D Signal 2-10 VDC, 1-5 VDC

0 4-20 mA S R N

Fail Modes Fail in Position or E O Fail Modes Battery Back-up T C M N S O M A O M M C M E R 3-way configuration codes R V N E E E O R R A T T O V E E L N S S C A T M T D163 S O A A L S S

M Ordering Information: S M M M SLAVE SLAVE A A O M M M C Please note that HS series BF O ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR O C MOD@2VDCvalves overMASTER 18" and ALL sizesMOD@2VDC M CONFIG MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CODE VALVE3-wa ISy tee @assembliesFAIL CODE orderedVALVE IS COMMON X10 withOPEN ConfigurationNON-FAIL codesX20 30-35OPEN N SLAVE SLAVE X11 areOPEN special OPENorder / customX21 builtOPEN O X12 OPEN andCLOSED are NOT returnable.X22 OPEN C X13 CLOSED NON-FAIL X23 CLOSED N C

J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR X14 CLOSED OPEN X24 CLOSED X MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER CONFIG MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE X15 CLOSED CLOSED X25 CLOSED C CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL X Specifies Bi-Directional Flow Capability X10 OPEN NON-FAIL X20 OPEN NON-FAIL X30 OPEN NON-FAIL Notes: X11 OPEN OPEN X21 OPEN OPEN X31 OPEN OPEN 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. X12 OPEN CLOSED X22 OPEN CLOSED X32 OPEN CLOSED 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). X13 CLOSED NON-FAIL X23 CLOSED NON-FAIL X33 CLOSED NON-FAIL 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. X14 CLOSED OPEN X24 CLOSED OPEN X34 CLOSED OPEN 5. Proportional actuator normal position is a function of the CCW/CW switch. 6. All 3-way assemblies are designed for 90 degree actuator rotation. X15 CLOSED CLOSED X25 CLOSED CLOSED X35 CLOSED CLOSED

X Specifies Bi-Directional Flow Capability

Notes: 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. 37 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. 5 P ti l t t l ition is a function of the CCW/CW switch. 6 Butterfly Valve Selection Velocity Chart ® HS Series Resilient Seat Butterfly Valves

Flow in Std Weight Pipe (Fluid Velocity in GPM). Use with resilient seat BF Valves. Size 2 FPS 4 FPS 6 FPS 8 FPS  10 FPS  12 FPS  14 FPS  16 FPS  2” 19 39 59 78 98 117 137 157 2-1/2” 30 61 92 122 153 184 214 245 3” 44 88 132 176 220 264 308 353 4” 78 157 235 313 392 470 548 627 5” 122 245 367 490 612 734 857 979 6” 176 352 529 705 881 1058 1234 1410 8” 313 627 940 1253 1567 1880 2193 2507 10” 490 979 1469 1958 2448 2738 3427 3917 12” 705 1410 2115 2820 3525 4230 4935 5640 14” 959 1919 2879 3838 4798 5758 6717 7677 16” 1253 2507 3760 5013 6267 7520 8774 10027 18” 1586 3173 4759 6345 7931 9518 11104 12690 20” 1958 3917 5875 7834 9792 11750 13709 15668 24” 2820 5640 8460 11280 14100 16921 19741 22561 30” 4406 8813 13220 17625 22032 26438 30845 35251 It is not recommended to exceed 12 feet per second through resilient seat butterfly valves. Velocities greater than 12 fps may dam- age the valve liner and disc. For velocities up to 32 feet per second, please see Belimo SHP series butterfly valves. J20736 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.

38 ® Notes/Work Pad - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

39 Valve/Actuator Selection At A Glance ® High Performance Butterfly Valves

Nomenclature F7100-150SHP + GMX24-MFTX1 + A02 + M13 + Chiller 1 Valve + Actuator F7 100 – 150 SHP + GMX24-MFTX1

Valve Sizes

Valve Designation Sizes Butterfly Valve 50 - 750 = 2” - 30”

AM/AR… y GM/GR… Increasing SY… Torque Rotar

Actuator SY…P Non-Spring Return Type of Valve

Butterfly Valve Increasing AF… F6…150SHP 2-way ANSI Class 150 Torque Spring

Carbon Steel Full Lug e RTFE Seat y Stainless Steel Shaft Rotar ail Saf y Close-Offs up to 285 psi F AM/AR…

k-upGM/GR… Return Increasing SY… Torque Batter F7…150SHP 3-way ANSI Class 150 Bac SY…P Carbon Steel Full Lug RTFE Seat Stainless Steel Shaft SY Series are available Close-Offs up to 285 psi in 24 VAC, 110 VAC and 220 VAC Models. F6…300SHP 2-way ANSI Class 300 Carbon Steel Full Lug RTFE Seat Stainless Steel Shaft Close-Offs up to 600 psi

F7…300SHP 3-way ANSI Class 300 Carbon Steel Full Lug RTFE Seat Stainless Steel Shaft Close-Offs up to 600 psi - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

40 ® Valve/Actuator Selection At A Glance High Performance Butterfly Valves

Specify Upon Ordering – Note: High Performance Butterfly Valves Have Directional Flow. Must Specify Configuration for Mixing (M) or Diverting (D). + CONFIGURATION

+ A02 + M13 + TAGGING (If needed) os No Set Up Required os No Set Up Required Field Logic Determines Normal Position Field Logic Determines Normal Position 30, 33 2 P 2 P y

y Master (Actuated) Valve NC (Normally Closed) NC (Normally Closed) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed ee Config. T

2-wa 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed 3-wa 13, 23, 10, 13, Master (Actuated) Valve

NO (Normally Open) (M-D)* [10-35] NO (Normally Open) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open Non-Spring Return Non-Spring Return Specify 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open

NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) Field Logic Determines Normal Position Field Logic Determines Normal Position Spring Fails Valve OPEN Spring Fails Master Valve OPEN os Mod Mod os Mod Mod NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) Tagging 2 P Field Logic Determines Normal Position 2 P Field Logic Determines Normal Position Spring Fails Master Valve CLOSED Valves may be

Spring Fails Valve CLOSED 32 35 31, 34 tagged per customer NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) NO/FO (Normally Open/Fail Open) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Master Valve Open specification. Spring Fails Valve OPEN Spring Fails Master Valve OPEN NO/FC (Normally Open/Fail Closed) NO/FC (Normally Open/Fail Closed)

ee Configuration Example: 2-way 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Open 3-way 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Maser Valve Open Spring Fails Valve CLOSED T Spring Fails Master Valve CLOSED (M-D)* [10-35] Chiller 1 Spring Return NC/FO (Normally Closed/Fail Open) Spring Return NC/FO (Normally Closed/Fail Open) Mod Mod 3rd Floor East 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Master Valve Closed Spring Fails Valve OPEN Specify Spring Fails Master Valve OPEN NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) NC/FC (Normally Closed/Fail Closed) 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Closed 1vdc/2vdc/4mA = Master Valve Closed

Spring Fails Valve CLOSED 35 34Spring 32Fails Master 31 Valve 22, 25 21, 24 CLOSED 30 33 20, 23 15, 25 14, 24 12, 22 11, 21 12, 15 11, 14 10, 20

* Mixing or Diverting

Multi-Function Technology® See Appendix for Complete List of Configurations Description Code Control Input Running Time Built-in Feedback List Price P-10001 A01 2-10 VDC 150 2-10 VDC No Charge P-10002 A02 0-10 VDC 150 0-10 VDC No Charge P-10028 A28 0-10 VDC 100 0-10 VDC No Charge P-10063 A63 0.5-4.5 VDC 150 0.5-4.5 VDC No Charge P-10064 A64 5.5-10 VDC 150 5.5-10 VDC No Charge P-20002 W02 0.02-5.00 sec. PWM 150 2-10 VDC No Charge P-20003 W03 0.10-25.5 sec. PWM 150 2-10 VDC No Charge P-30001 F01 Floating Point 150 2-10 VDC No Charge Example: GMX24-MFTX1 is a basic model with standard A01 [P-10001] configuration. Most popular configurations are available at no additional cost. All other configurations carry an additional list price.

ORDERING EXAMPLE

1 Choose the desired valve actuator combination based on valve ratings and actuator control parameters from the following pages. F7100-150SHP+GMX24-MFTX1+A02+M13+Chiller 1 G - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols 2 Specify Configuration (very important) – Multi-Function Technology® +A02 (0-10 VDC input / 0-10 feedback) G

– Set-up +Configuration M13 G – Tagging +Tagging “Chiller 1”

F7100-150SHP+GMX24-MFTX1+A02+M13+Chiller 1 G

41 Butterfly Valves ® SHP… Series High Performance Butterfly Valves, 2-way and 3-way Assemblies Features and Benefits

Belimo SHP… Series Butterfly Valves are designed for use in ANSI Class 150 and ANSI Class 300 piping systems and are supplied in standard lug style body designs.

Valve Design Features • Unique seat and disc design provides • The Soft Seat is designed for high serv- • Shaft is 17 -4pH Stainless for superior Bi-Directional bubble tight shutoff at ices with minimal wear and low torque strength rated pressure/temperatures • Seat replacement is a simple operation, • Soft Seat is RPTFE for increased wear • The Soft Seat design creates a requiring no special tools resistance and low torque self-energized seal in vacuum-to-low pressure applications • Valve Body is Full Lug type cast in • Top Mounted Gland Flange easily Carbon Steel accessible without removing actuator • Under high pressure conditions, the or mounting brackets seat is also designed to permit, confine • Disc is cast in CF8M Stainless Steel and direct movement of the seat against the disc edge, up to the full ANSI Class 150 or 300 Cold Working Pressures

Key Square key valve-to-operator connection Blow Out Proof Shaft provides an externally controlled failure Solid shaft provides alignment and rigid point upon over-torquing. support for disc.

Gland Flange Applies load against packing gland to prevent external leakage. Fully adjustable. Packing Gland Separate part from gland flange, preventing uneven load distribution against packing. Packing Chevron design TFE prevents external leakage out valve neck to full ANSI hydrostatic shell test pressures (150% of C.W.P.). Bearings Both above and below the disc, bearings are of composite design: PTFE bonded to epoxy-glass filament wound ring. Used to align shaft, with high capacity, low wear and low friction coefficient. Wedge Ring Stainless steel band wedged between valve body and retainer ring by set screws to lock seat and retainer ring Disc Spacers in position on valve sizes 2” through 30”. Socket head Disc is centered by use of thrust spacers around shaft cap screws are used on valve sizes 36” and larger. in sizes 2” to 5”. Disc position stops or thrust bolt arrangements are used for larger valve sizes. Wedge Pins Set Screws Provide positive mechanical attachment Cone point screws force wedge ring outward to of disc to shaft. lock seat retainer in position on valve sizes 2” through 30”. Socket head cap screws are used on valve sizes 36” and larger. Body ANSI B16.34 design in either wafer or Overtravel Stop lug configuration. Prevents disc from rotating into wrong quadrant. Disc 360° uninterrupted spherical edge for sealing. Profile is designed for maximum flow and equal percentage control. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

Soft-Seat Patented bi-directional seat with encapsulated Retainer Ring elastomeric o-ring core for resiliency. Common Retains seat in valve. Standard surface finish is seat materials include TFE, RTFE and UHMWPE 125 to 200 AARH and is compatible with both standard gaskets and spiral wound gasket designs. Outside diameter is recessed within gasket sealing surface to prevent external leakage.

42 ® Butterfly Valves Pressure/Temperature Ratings

Pressure/Temperature Ratings Steam Service As temperature increases, the pressure retaining capability RTFE seated valves are rated for 50 psi saturated steam. of materials decreases. The graph below illustrates the Valves with “O” seat configuration (RTFE seat/AFLAS O ring) pressure/temperature ratings of the Belimo ANSI Class 150 are rated to 100 psi steam service. and Class 300 valves. The heavy lines define the ratings of the carbon steel and stainless steel valve body (or “shell”) in conformance to ANSI B16.34. The shaded areas define the ratings of the TFE and RTFE Seat materials. Seat ratings are based on differential pressure with the disc in the fully closed position. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

43 SHP...Series Butterfly Valves ®

Average Assembly Weights Shown VALVE - ANSI 150 ACTUATOR Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return Spring Return 150 2XAF24 US 24 lbs. 2" F650-150SHP 313 285 GMB(X)24… 18 lbs. 150 2XAF24 US 24 lbs. y 2.5" F665-150SHP 490 285 GMB(X)24… 18 lbs. 2-wa 150 2XAF24 US 26 lbs. 3" F680-150SHP 705 285 GMB(X)24… 20 lbs. 150 2XAF24 US 38 lbs. 4" F6100-150SHP 1253 150 GMB(X)24… 32 lbs. 285 2XGMB(X)24… 40 lbs.

Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return Spring Return

y 2" F750-150SHP 313 285 2XGMB(X)24… 67 lbs.

3-wa 2.5" F765-150SHP 490 285 2XGMB(X)24… 78 lbs. 3" F780-150SHP 705 285 2XGMB(X)24… 88 lbs.

VALVE - ANSI 300 ACTUATOR Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return Spring Return 150 2XAF24 US 24 lbs. 2" F650-300SHP 313 285 GMB(X)24… 18 lbs. 150 2XAF24 US 24 lbs. 2.5" F665-300SHP 490 y 285 GMB(X)24… 18 lbs.

2-wa 150 2XAF24 US 30 lbs. 3" F680-300SHP 705 285 GMB(X)24… 24 lbs. 150 2XAF24 US 37 lbs. 4" F6100-300SHP 1253 150 GMB(X)24… 31 lbs. 285 2XGMB(X)24… 39 lbs.

Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return Spring Return

y 2" F750-300SHP 313 285 2XGMB(X)24… 89 lbs.

3-wa 2.5" F765-300SHP 490 285 2XGMB(X)24… 109 lbs. 3" F780-300SHP 705 285 2XGMB(X)24… 132 lbs.

Max GPM = Maximum US gallons of water (gpm) per minute, at room temperature, that will flow through the fully open valve without (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols exceeding design velocity limits.

COP = Close-Off Pressure stated in psi. This is the maximum differential pressure the valve will close-off against while maintaining a bubble tight seal.

All SY series actuators are NEMA 4X rated and include 2 auxiliary switches and a heater.

44 ® SHP...Series Butterfly Valves with Industrial Actuation

Average Assembly Weights Shown VALVE - ANSI 150 ACTUATOR Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return 2" F650-150SHP 313 285 SY2-110 39 lbs. 2.5" F665-150SHP 490 285 SY2-110 39 lbs. 3" F680-150SHP 705 285 SY2-110 41 lbs. 4" F6100-150SHP 1253 285 SY2-110 53 lbs. 5" F6125-150SHP 1958 285 SY2-110 58 lbs. 6" F6150-150SHP 2820 285 SY2-110 63 lbs. 150 SY3-110 76 lbs. 8" F6200-150SHP 5013 285 SY4-110 100 lbs.

y 10" F6250-150SHP 7834 285 SY4-110 146 lbs.

2-wa 150 SY4-110 182 lbs. 12" F6300-150SHP 11280 285 SY5-110 182 lbs. 150 SY5-110 238 lbs. 14" F6350-150SHP 15354 285 SY7-110 269 lbs. 16" F6400-150SHP 20054 285 SY7-110 336 lbs. 150 SY7-110 391 lbs. 18" F6450-150SHP 25381 285 SY8-110 391 lbs. 150 SY8-110 500 lbs. 20" F6500-150SHP 31334 285 SY9-110 544 lbs. 24" F6600-150SHP 45121 150 SY10-110 832 lbs. 30” F6750-150SHP 70502 100 SY12-110 1255 lbs.

Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return 2" F750-150SHP 313 285 SY2-110 82 lbs. 2.5" F765-150SHP 490 285 SY2-110 93 lbs. 3" F780-150SHP 705 285 SY2-110 103 lbs. 4" F7100-150SHP 1253 285 SY2-110 162 lbs. 5" F7125-150SHP 1958 285 SY3-110 195 lbs. 6" F7150-150SHP 2820 285 SY3-110 234 lbs. 8" F7200-150SHP 5013 285 SY4-110 355 lbs. 150 SY4-110 585 lbs. 10" F7250-150SHP 7834 y 285 SY5-110 585 lbs.

3-wa 150 SY5-110 785 lbs. 12" F7300-150SHP 11280 285 SY7-110 819 lbs. 14" F7350-150SHP 15354 285 SY7-110 1118 lbs. 150 SY7-110 1469 lbs. 16" F7400-150SHP 20054 150 SY9-110 1523 lbs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols 150 SY8-110 1783 lbs. 18" F7450-150SHP 25381 285 SY10-110 1831 lbs. 150 SY9-110 2351 lbs. 20" F7500-150SHP 31334 285 SY11-110 2351 lbs. 24" F7600-150SHP 45121 150 SY12-110 3722 lbs.

45 SHP...Series Butterfly Valves ® with Industrial Actuation

Average Assembly Weights Shown VALVE - ANSI 300 ACTUATOR Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return 2" F650-300SHP 313 600 SY2-110 39 lbs. 2.5" F665-300SHP 490 600 SY2-110 39 lbs. 3" F680-300SHP 705 600 SY2-110 45 lbs. 4" F6100-300SHP 1253 600 SY2-110 52 lbs. 285 SY2-110 58 lbs. 5" F6125-300SHP 1958 600 SY3-110 58 lbs. 285 SY2-110 77 lbs. 6" F6150-300SHP 2820 600 SY3-110 77 lbs. 150 SY3-110 108 lbs. 8" F6200-300SHP 5013 600 SY4-110 132 lbs. 285 SY4-110 170 lbs. 10" F6250-300SHP 7834 400 SY5-110 170 lbs. 600 SY7-110 201 lbs. 150 SY4-110 254 lbs. y 12" F6300-300SHP 11280 285 SY5-110 254 lbs. 2-wa 600 SY7-110 285 lbs. 150 SY5-110 379 lbs. 14" F6350-300SHP 15354 400 SY7-110 410 lbs. 600 SY8-110 410 lbs. 150 SY7-110 487 lbs. 285 SY8-110 487 lbs. 16" F6400-300SHP 20054 400 SY9-110 531 lbs. 600 SY10-110 531 lbs. 150 SY7-110 603 lbs. 285 SY8-110 603 lbs. 18" F6450-300SHP 25381 400 SY9-110 647 lbs. 600 SY11-110 647 lbs. 150 SY8-110 821 lbs. 20" F6500-300SHP 31334 285 SY10-110 865 lbs. 400 SY11-110 865 lbs. 24" F6600-300SHP 45121 150 SY10-110 1150 lbs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

Max GPM = Maximum US gallons of water (gpm) per minute, at room temperature, that will flow through the fully open valve without exceeding design velocity limits.

COP = Close-Off Pressure stated in psi. This is the maximum differential pressure the valve will close-off against while maintaining a bubble tight seal.

All SY series actuators are NEMA 4X rated and include 2 auxiliary switches and a heater.

46 ® SHP...Series Butterfly Valves with Industrial Actuation

Average Assembly Weights Shown VALVE - ANSI 300 ACTUATOR Size Model Max GPM COP Non-Spring Return 400 SY2-110 104 lbs. 2" F750-300SHP 313 600 SY3-110 104 lbs. 400 SY2-110 124 lbs. 2.5" F765-300SHP 490 600 SY3-110 124 lbs. 400 SY2-110 147 lbs. 3" F780-300SHP 705 600 SY3-110 147 lbs. 285 SY2-110 222 lbs. 4" F7100-300SHP 1253 600 SY3-110 222 lbs. 285 SY3-110 274 lbs. 5" F7125-300SHP 1958 600 SY4-110 301 lbs. 285 SY3-110 366 lbs. 6" F7150-300SHP 2820 600 SY4-110 392 lbs. 400 SY4-110 579 lbs. 8" F7200-300SHP 5013 600 SY5-110 579 lbs. 150 SY4-110 897 lbs. y 10" F7250-300SHP 7834 285 SY5-110 897 lbs. 2-wa 600 SY7-110 931 lbs. 150 SY5-110 1301 lbs. 12" F7300-300SHP 11280 400 SY7-110 1335 lbs. 600 SY8-110 1335 lbs. 150 SY7-110 1927 lbs. 14" F7350-300SHP 15354 400 SY8-110 1927 lbs. 600 SY10-110 1975 lbs. 150 SY7-110 2461 lbs. 285 SY9-110 2510 lbs. 16" F7400-300SHP 20054 400 SY10-110 2510 lbs. 600 SY12-110 2510 lbs. 150 SY8-110 3063 lbs. 18" F7450-300SHP 25381 285 SY10-110 3111 lbs. 400 SY11-110 3111 lbs. 150 SY9-110 4096 lbs. 20" F7500-300SHP 31334 285 SY12-110 4096 lbs. 24" F7600-300SHP 45121 150 SY12-110 6049 lbs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

47 F6 ANSI Class 150, Direct Coupled Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) and AF Series Electronic Actuators

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 150 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Designed to be installed between ANSI B16.5 Flanges • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an eco- nomical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Specifications Service chilled, hot water, glycol, steam to 50 psi Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage, unidirec- tional Temperature °C Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 1500 103.4 Action quarter turn, mechanically limited ANSI 600 CS 1400 96.5 Sizes 2" to 4" ANSI 600 SS Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 125/150 flanged 1300 89.6 1200 82.7 Body Pressure ANSI Class 150 1100 75.8 Materials: RPTFE RANGE 1000 68.9

Body Carbon steel full lug 900 62.1 ARG

Disc 316 Stainless Steel 800 55.2 ANSI 300 CS 700 48.3 Seat RTFE ANSI 300 SS Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless 600 41.4 T I

500 M 34.5 I Pressure - PSIG L Pressure - B

Gland Seal TFE TFE RANGE

400 S 27.6 C

Bushings Glass Backed TFE P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7 E T

Flange For use with ANSI Class 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 W

125/150 flanges O L

100 6.9 F 0

Media Temp Range ANSI Class 150 limitations 2 0 - 0 Operation Ambient -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Temperature °F Maximum Pressure Differential 285 psi @ 100° deg F Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves. Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Maximum Velocity 32 FPS

Mod On/Off

M M (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F650-150SHP 2" 102 1.5 6.1 14 26 39 56 77 99 102 F665-150SHP 2.5" 146 2.2 8.8 20 37 55 80 110 142 146 F680-150SHP 3" 228 3.4 14 32 57 87 125 171 221 228 F6100-150SHP 4" 451 6.8 27 63 114 171 248 338 437 451

48 ® F6 ANSI Class 150, Direct Coupled Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) and AF Series Electronic Actuators

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Fail-Safe

Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt GM (PSI) 2x GM (PSI) AF (PSI) 2x AF (PSI) F650-150SHP 2" 102 1.75 9.00 19.50 4.75 4 5/8-11 285 — — 150 F665-150SHP 2.5" 146 1.88 9.00 20.00 5.50 4 5/8-11 285 — — 150 F680-150SHP 3" 228 1.92 9.00 20.50 6.00 4 5/8-11 285 — — 150 F6100-150SHP 4" 451 2.13 9.00 21.00 7.50 8 5/8-11 150 285 — 150 Dimension "A" does not include flange gaskets. (2 required per valve)

Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 285 psi differential pressure in the closed position @ 100 deg F media temperature. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between ANSI Class 125/150 flanges conforming to ANSI B16.5 Standards. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled, calibrated and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data furnished upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have actuators mounted on a single common shaft. 7. Flange gaskets (2 required, not provided with valve) MUST SHP series valves have a preferred flow direction. be used between valve and ANSI flange. 8. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are furnished by others.

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Dimensions in inches Type Direct Coupled Electronic

Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and D102 230 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz Available Control 2 Position Signals Floating 2-10 VDC MFT D Fail Modes Spring Return Fail in Position Battery Back-Up BC

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols A

BHC

49 F7 ANSI Class 150, Direct Coupled Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) Series Electronic Actuators

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 150 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Designed to be installed between ANSI B16.5 Flanges • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with ASME/ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Flanges

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Specifications Service chilled, hot water, glycol, steam to 50 psi Flow Characteristic modified linear, unidirectional Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) Temperature °C Action quarter turn, mechanically limited -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 Sizes 2" to 4" 1500 103.4 ANSI 600 CS 1400 96.5 Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 125/150 flanged ANSI 600 SS Body Pressure ANSI Class 150 1300 89.6 1200 82.7 Materials: 1100 75.8 Body Carbon steel full lug RPTFE RANGE 1000 68.9

Disc 316 Stainless Steel 900 62.1 ARG

800 55.2 Seat RTFE ANSI 300 CS 700 48.3 Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless ANSI 300 SS 600 41.4

Gland Seal TFE T I

500 M 34.5 I Pressure - PSIG Pressure - B L

Bushings Glass Backed TFE TFE RANGE 400 S 27.6 C

Flange For use with ANSI Class 125/150 P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7 E

flanges T 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 W O

Media Temp Range ANSI Class 150 limitations L 100 6.9 F 0 2

Operation Ambient 0 - 0 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Maximum Pressure Temperature °F

Differential 285 psi @ 100° deg F Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves. Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Maximum Velocity 32 FPS

Mod On/Off M M Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90°

F750-150SHP 2" 102 1.5 6.1 14 26 39 56 77 99 102 (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

F765-150SHP 2.5" 146 2.2 8.8 20 37 55 80 110 142 146

F780-150SHP 3" 228 3.4 14 32 57 87 125 171 221 228

F7100-150SHP 4" 451 6.8 27 63 114 171 248 338 437 451

50 ® F7 ANSI Class 150, Direct Coupled Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) Series Electronic Actuators

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt GM (PSI) 2x GM (PSI) F750-150SHP 2" 102 4.50 6.25 16.50 4.75 4 5/8-11 150 285 F765-150SHP 2.5" 146 5.00 6.88 17.00 5.50 4 5/8-11 150 285 F780-150SHP 3" 228 5.50 7.42 17.50 6.00 4 5/8-11 150 285 F7100-150SHP 4" 451 6.50 8.63 18.00 7.50 8 5/8-11 150 – Dimension "A, B and C" do not include flange gaskets. (3 required per valve)

Actuation Specifications Notes: (see actuator section for details) 1. Valves are rated at 285 psi differential pressure in the closed position @ 100 deg F media temperature. Type Direct Coupled Electronic 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between Supply Voltages 24 VAC ± 20% 24 VDC ± 10% ANSI Class 125/150 flanges conforming to ANSI Available Control 2 Position B16.5 Standards. Signals Floating 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled with Tee, calibrated and tested, ready for installation. All 3 way 2-10 VDC assemblies require the customer to specify the 3-way MFT configuration code prior to order entry to guarantee correct Fail Modes Fail in Position Battery Back-Up placement of valves and actuator(s) on the assembly. 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data furnished upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have single actuators mounted on Dimensions in inches each valve shaft. 7. Flange gaskets (3 required, not provided with valve) MUST AB be used between valve and ANSI flange. 8. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are

R furnished by others. E 1 0 0 D T S A C M D145 D101 1 0 0

SHP series valves are flow direction specific. R N E N E R T O V O E S T A D145 M

M Refer to A L S M M G

S page 41 M

FLOW FLOW A FLOW O O N I M for codes. C C X I M

COMMON R R SLAVE SLAVE E N E E T T O V S N S A M - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols A A O L M M S M FLOWM FLOW FLOW O M C O C

COMMON

G SLAVE SLAVE N I R T E R ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR T E MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER 51 S

CONFIGV MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE I

CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE A IS @ FAIL D

M(D)10 OPEN NON-FAIL M(D)20 OPEN NON-FAIL M(D)30 OPENM NON-FAIL M(D)11 OPEN OPEN M(D)21 OPEN OPEN M(D)31 OPEN OPEN M(D)12 OPEN CLOSED M(D)22 OPEN CLOSED M(D)32 OPEN CLOSED M(D)13 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)23 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)33 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)14 CLOSED OPEN M(D)24 CLOSED OPEN M(D)34 CLOSED OPEN M(D)15 CLOSED CLOSED M(D)25 CLOSED CLOSED M(D)35 CLOSED CLOSED M Specifies MIXING, D Specifies DIVERTING

Notes: 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. 5. Proportional actuator normal position is a function of the CCW/CW switch. 6. All 3-way assemblies are designed for 90 degree actuator rotation. F6 ANSI Class 150, Industrial Electric Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 150 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications include Specifications chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over systems, Service chilled, hot water, glycol, large air handler coil control, bypass and process steam to 50 psi control applications. The large Cv values provide for an Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage, economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. unidirectional Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) Action quarter turn, mechanically limited Temperature °C Sizes 2" to 4" -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 125/150 flanged 1500 103.4 ANSI 600 CS 1400 96.5 Body Pressure ANSI Class 150 ANSI 600 SS Materials: 1300 89.6 Body Carbon steel full lug 1200 82.7 1100 75.8 Disc 316 Stainless Steel RPTFE RANGE Seat RTFE 1000 68.9 Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless 900 62.1 ARG 800 55.2 Gland Seal TFE ANSI 300 CS 700 48.3 Bushings Glass Backed TFE ANSI 300 SS 600 41.4 T

Flange For use with ANSI Class I

500 M 34.5 Pressure - PSIG I

125/150 flanges L Pressure - B

TFE RANGE

400 S 27.6 C Media Temp Range ANSI Class 150 limitations P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7

Operation Ambient E T 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 W

Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] O L

100 6.9 F

Maximum Pressure 0 2

0 - 0 Differential 285 psi @ 100° deg F -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Temperature °F Maximum Velocity 32 FPS Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves.

Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F650-150SHP 2" 102 1.5 6.1 14 26 39 56 77 99 102 F665-150SHP 2.5" 146 2.2 8.8 20 37 55 80 110 142 146 F680-150SHP 3" 228 3.4 14 32 57 87 125 171 221 228 F6100-150SHP 4" 451 6.8 27 63 114 171 248 338 437 451 F6125-150SHP 5" 714 11 43 100 180 271 393 536 693 714 F6150-150SHP 6" 1103 17 66 154 278 419 607 827 1070 1103 F6200-150SHP 8" 2064 31 124 289 520 784 1135 1548 2002 2064 F6250-150SHP 10" 3517 53 211 492 886 1336 1934 2638 3411 3517 F6300-150SHP 12" 4837 73 290 677 1219 1838 2660 3628 4692 4837 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols F6350-150SHP 14" 6857 103 411 960 1728 2606 3771 5143 6651 6857 F6400-150SHP 16" 9287 139 557 1300 2340 3529 5108 6965 9008 9287 F6450-150SHP 18" 11400 171 684 1596 2873 4332 6270 8550 11058 11400 F6500-150SHP 20" 14420 216 865 2019 3634 5480 7931 10815 13987 14420 F6600-150SHP 24" 22050 331 1323 3087 5557 8379 12128 16538 21389 22050 F6750-150SHP 30” 34388 491 1965 4585 8253 12445 18012 24563 32750 34388

52 ® F6 ANSI Class 150, Industrial Electric Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Non-Fail Safe Close-Off Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Press (PSI) F650-150SHP 2" 102 1.75 8.00 22.25 4.75 4 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F665-150SHP 2.5" 146 1.88 8.00 22.75 5.50 4 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F680-150SHP 3" 228 1.92 8.00 23.00 6.00 4 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F6100-150SHP 4" 451 2.13 8.00 23.75 7.50 8 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F6125-150SHP 5" 714 2.25 8.00 24.25 8.50 8 3/4-10 UNC SY2… 285 F6150-150SHP 6" 1103 2.29 8.00 24.75 9.50 8 3/4-10 UNC SY2… 285 SY3… 150 F6200-150SHP 8" 2064 2.50 12.00 32.00 11.75 8 3/4-10 UNC SY4… 285 F6250-150SHP 10" 3517 2.81 12.00 33.00 14.25 12 7/8-9 UNC SY4… 285 SY4… 150 F6300-150SHP 12" 4837 3.23 12.00 35.00 17.00 12 7/8-9 UNC SY5… 285 SY5… 150 F6350-150SHP 14" 6857 3.62 14.00 36.00 18.75 12 1-8 UNC SY7… 285 SY7… 150 F6400-150SHP 16" 9287 4.00 14.00 37.50 21.25 16 1-8 UNC SY8… 285 SY7… 150 F6450-150SHP 18" 11400 4.50 14.00 42.25 22.75 16 1 1/8-8 UNC SY8… 285 SY8… 150 F6500-150SHP 20" 14420 5.00 14.00 49.50 25.00 20 1 1/8-8 UNC SY10… 285 F6600-150SHP 24" 22050 6.06 14.00 56.25 29.50 20 1 1/4-8 UNC SY10… 150 F6750-150SHP 30” 34388 6.75 14.00 66.58 36.00 28 1 1/4-8 UNC SY-12... 100 Dimensions "A" does not include flange gaskets. (2 required per valve)

Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 285 psi differential pressure in the closed posi- tion @ 100 °F media temperature. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between ANSI Class 125/150 flanges conforming to ANSI B16.5 Standards. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled, calibrated and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Flange gaskets (2 required, not provided with valve) MUST be used between valve and ANSI flange. 6. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are furnished by others. SHP series valves have a preferred flow direction.

Dimensions in inches

Actuation Specifications C B (see actuator section for details) D103 Type Industrial Electric Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC, ± 10%, 50/60 Hz D

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Available Control 2 position Signals Floating 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC 4-20mA, SY MFT A Fail Modes Fail in position Battery Back-up

53 F7 ANSI Class 150, Industrial Electric Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 150 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with ASME/ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Flanges

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications include Specifications chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over systems, Service chilled, hot water, glycol, large air handler coil control, bypass and process steam to 50 psi control applications. The large Cv values provide for an Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage, economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. unidirectional Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) Action quarter turn, mechanically limited Temperature °C Sizes 2" to 24" -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 125/150 flanged 1500 103.4 ANSI 600 CS 1400 96.5 Body Pressure ANSI Class 150 ANSI 600 SS Materials: 1300 89.6 Body Carbon steel full lug 1200 82.7 1100 75.8 Disc 316 Stainless Steel RPTFE RANGE Seat RTFE 1000 68.9 Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless 900 62.1 ARG 800 55.2 Gland Seal TFE ANSI 300 CS 700 48.3 Bushings Glass Backed TFE ANSI 300 SS 600 41.4 T

Flange For use with ANSI Class I

500 M 34.5 Pressure - PSIG I

125/150 flanges L Pressure - B

TFE RANGE

400 S 27.6 C Media Temp Range ANSI Class 150 limitations P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7

Operation Ambient E T 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 W

Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] O L

100 6.9 F

Maximum Pressure 0 2

0 - 0 Differential 285 psi @ 100° deg F -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Temperature °F Maximum Velocity 32 FPS Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves.

Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F750-150SHP 2" 102 1.5 6.1 14 26 39 56 77 99 102 F765-150SHP 2.5" 146 2.2 8.8 20 37 55 80 110 142 146 F780-150SHP 3" 228 3.4 14 32 57 87 125 171 221 228 F7100-150SHP 4" 451 6.8 27 63 114 171 248 338 437 451 F7125-150SHP 5" 714 11 43 100 180 271 393 536 693 714 F7150-150SHP 6" 1103 17 66 154 278 419 607 827 1070 1103 F7200-150SHP 8" 2064 31 124 289 520 784 1135 1548 2002 2064 F7250-150SHP 10" 3517 53 211 492 886 1336 1934 2638 3411 3517 F7300-150SHP 12" 4837 73 290 677 1219 1838 2660 3628 4692 4837 (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols F7350-150SHP 14" 6857 103 411 960 1728 2606 3771 5143 6651 6857 F7400-150SHP 16" 9287 139 557 1300 2340 3529 5108 6965 9008 9287 F7450-150SHP 18" 11400 171 684 1596 2873 4332 6270 8550 11058 11400 F7500-150SHP 20" 14420 216 865 2019 3634 5480 7931 10815 13987 14420 F7600-150SHP 24" 22050 331 1323 3087 5557 8379 12128 16538 21389 22050

54 ® F7 ANSI Class 150, Industrial Electric Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Non-Fail Safe Close-Off Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Press (PSI) F750-150SHP 2" 102 4.50 6.25 22.25 4.75 4 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F765-150SHP 2.5" 146 5.00 6.88 22.75 5.50 4 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F780-150SHP 3" 228 5.50 7.42 23.00 6.00 4 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F7100-150SHP 4" 451 6.50 8.63 23.75 7.50 8 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 285 F7125-150SHP 5" 714 7.50 9.75 24.25 8.50 8 3/4-10 UNC SY3… 285 F7150-150SHP 6" 1103 8.00 10.31 24.75 9.50 8 3/4-10 UNC SY3… 285 F7200-150SHP 8" 2064 9.00 11.50 32.00 11.75 8 3/4-10 UNC SY4… 150 SY4… 150 F7250-150SHP 10" 3517 11.00 13.81 33.00 14.25 12 7/8-9 UNC SY5… 285 SY5… 150 F7300-150SHP 12" 4837 12.00 15.23 35.00 17.00 12 7/8-9 UNC SY7… 285 F7350-150SHP 14" 6857 14.00 17.62 36.00 18.75 12 1-8 UNC SY7… 285 SY7… 150 F7400-150SHP 16" 9287 15.00 19.00 37.50 21.25 16 1-8 UNC SY9… 285 SY8… 150 F7450-150SHP 18" 11400 16.50 21.00 42.25 22.75 16 1 1/8-8 UNC SY10… 285 SY9… 150 F7500-150SHP 20" 14420 18.00 23.00 49.50 25.00 20 1 1/8-8 UNC SY11… 285 F7600-150SHP 24" 22050 22.00 28.06 56.25 29.50 20 1 1/4-8 UNC SY12… 150 Dimensions "A, B and C" do not include flange gaskets. (3 required per valve)

Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 285 psi differential pressure in the closed position @ 100°F media temperature. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between ANSI Class 125/150 flanges conforming to ANSI B16.5 Standards. 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled with Tee, calibrated and tested, ready for installation. All 3-way assemblies require the customer to specify the 3-way configuration code prior to order entry to guaran- tee correct placement of valves and actuator(s) on the assembly. 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data furnished upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have single actuators mounted on each valve shaft. 7. Flange gaskets (3 required, not provided with valve) MUST be used between valve and ANSI flange. 8. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are furnished by others. SHP series valves have a preferred flow direction.

Actuation Specifications Dimensions in inches (see actuator section for details)

Type Industrial Electric D104 Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC, AB ± 10%, 50/60 Hz

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Available Control 2 position D Signals Floating 0

0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC S 4-20mA, SY MFT Fail Modes Fail in position C Battery Back-up

55 F6 ANSI Class 300, Direct Coupled Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) and AF Series Electronic Actuators

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 300 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Designed to be installed between ANSI B16.5 Flanges • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an eco- nomical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Specifications Service chilled, hot water, glycol, steam to 50 psi Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage, unidirec- tional Temperature °C Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 Action quarter turn, mechanically limited 1500 103.4 ANSI 600 CS Sizes 2" to 4" 1400 96.5 ANSI 600 SS Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 250/300 flanged 1300 89.6 Body Pressure ANSI Class 300 1200 82.7 1100 75.8 Materials: RPTFE RANGE 1000 68.9 Body Carbon steel full lug

900 62.1 ARG

Disc 316 Stainless Steel 800 55.2 ANSI 300 CS Seat RTFE 700 48.3 ANSI 300 SS Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless 600 41.4 T I Pressure - PSIG

500 M 34.5 Gland Seal TFE I L Pressure - B

TFE RANGE

400 S 27.6 C Bushings Glass Backed TFE P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7 E

Flange For use with ANSI Class T 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 W

250/300 flanges O L

100 6.9 F

Media Temp Range ANSI Class 300 limitations 0 2

0 - 0 Operation Ambient -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Temperature °F Maximum Pressure Differential 725 psi @ 100° deg F Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves. Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Maximum Velocity 32 FPS

Mod On/Off M M - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F650-300SHP 2" 100 1.4 6.0 13 24 36 52 71 95 100 F665-300SHP 2.5" 143 2.1 8.0 19 34 52 75 102 136 143 F680-300SHP 3" 223 3.2 13 30 53 81 117 159 212 223 F6100-300SHP 4" 435 6.2 25 58 104 157 228 310 414 435

56 ® F6 ANSI Class 300, Direct Coupled Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) and AF Series Electronic Actuator

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Fail-Safe Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt GM (PSI) 2x GM (PSI) AF (PSI) 2x AF (PSI) F650-300SHP 2" 100 1.75 9.00 19.50 5.00 8 5/8-11 UNC 285 400 — 150 F665-300SHP 2.5" 143 1.88 9.00 20.00 5.88 8 3/4-10 UNC 285 400 — 150 F680-300SHP 3" 223 1.92 9.00 20.50 6.63 8 3/4-10 UNC 285 400 — 150 F6100-300SHP 4" 435 2.13 9.00 21.00 7.88 8 3/4-10 UNC 150 285 — 150 Dimension "A" does not include flange gaskets. (2 required per valve)

Notes: 1. Valves are rated at 725 psi differential pressure in the closed position @ 100 deg F media temperature. 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between ANSI Class 250/300 flanges conforming to ANSI B16.5 Standards. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled, calibrated and tested, ready for installation. 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data furnished upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have actuators mounted on a single SHP series valves have a preferred flow direction. common shaft. 7. Flange gaskets (2 required, not provided with valve) MUST be used between valve and ANSI flange. 8. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are furnished by others.

Dimensions in inches D102

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Type Direct Coupled Electronic D Supply Voltages 120 VAC ± 10%, 50/60 Hz 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz BC 24 VDC ± 10% Available Control 2 position - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Signals Floating A 2-10 VDC MFT Fail Modes Spring Return BHC Fail in position Battery Back-up

57 F7 ANSI Class 300, Direct Coupled Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) Series Electronic Actuators

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 300 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Designed to be installed between AMSME/ANSI 16.5 Flanges • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with AMSME/ANSI 16.5 Class 250/300 Flanges

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Specifications Service chilled, hot water, glycol, steam to 50 psi Temperature °C Flow Characteristic modified linear, unidirectional -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 1500 103.4 Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) ANSI 600 CS 1400 96.5 Action quarter turn, mechanically limited ANSI 600 SS 1300 89.6 Sizes 2" to 4" 1200 82.7 Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 250/300 flanged 1100 75.8 RPTFE RANGE Body Pressure ANSI Class 300 1000 68.9

Materials: 900 62.1 ARG

800 55.2 Body Carbon steel full lug ANSI 300 CS 700 48.3 Disc 316 Stainless Steel ANSI 300 SS 600 41.4 T Pressure - PSIG

Seat RTFE I

500 M 34.5 I L Pressure - B Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless TFE RANGE 400 S 27.6 C

Gland Seal TFE P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7 E T Bushings Glass Backed TFE 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 W O L

100 6.9

Flange For use with ANSI Class F 0 2 250/300 flanges 0 - 0 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Media Temp Range ANSI Class 300 limitations Temperature °F Operation Ambient Temperature Range -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves. Maximum Pressure Differential 725 psi @ 100° deg F Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Maximum Velocity 32 FPS

Mod On/Off M M - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F750-300SHP 2" 100 1.4 6.0 13 24 36 52 71 95 100 F765-300SHP 2.5" 143 2.1 8.0 19 34 52 75 102 136 143 F780-300SHP 3" 223 3.2 13 30 53 81 117 159 212 223 F7100-300SHP 4" 435 6.2 25 58 104 157 228 310 414 435

58 ® F7 ANSI Class 300, Direct Coupled Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with GMB(X) Series Electronic Actuators

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Close-Off Pressures Non-Fail Safe Fail-Safe Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt GM (PSI) 2x GM (PSI) AF (PSI) 2x AF (PSI) F750-300SHP 2" 100 5.00 6.75 15.50 5.00 8 5/8-11 UNC — 285 — — F765-300SHP 2.5" 143 5.50 7.38 16.00 5.88 8 3/4-10 UNC — 285 — — F780-300SHP 3" 223 6.00 7.92 16.25 6.63 8 3/4-10 UNC — 285 — — F7100-300SHP 4" 435 7.00 9.13 18.00 7.88 8 3/4-10 UNC — 150 — — Dimensions "A, B & C" do not include flange gaskets. (3 required per valve)

Actuation Specifications Notes: (see actuator section for details) 1. Valves are rated at 725 psi differential pressure in the Type Direct Coupled Electronic closed position @ 100 deg F media temperature. Supply Voltages 24 VAC ± 20%, 50/60Hz 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between 120 VAC ± 10% 50/60 Hz ANSI Class 250/300 flanges conforming to ANSI Available Control 2 position B16.5 Standards. Signals Floating 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled with Tee, 2-10 VDC calibrated and tested, ready for installation. All 3 way MFT assemblies require the customer to specify the 3-way con- Fail Modes Fail in position figuration code prior to order entry to guarantee correct Battery Back-up placement of valves and actuator(s) on the assembly. 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to remove the valve from the pipe. 5. Weather shields are available, dimensional data furnished Dimensions in inches upon request. 6. Dual actuated valves have single actuators mounted on AB each valve shaft. 7. Flange gaskets (3 required, not provided with valve) MUST

R be used between valve and ANSI flange. 1 0 0

D E

T 8. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are S furnished by others.

C A

M D145 1 0 0

SHP series valves are flow direction specific. R N E N E R T O V O E D145 S T A M M Refer to A L S M M G S M FLOW FLOW A FLOW page 41 O O N I M

C for codes. C X I M

COMMON R R SLAVE SLAVE E N E E T T O V S N S A - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols M A A O L M M S M FLOWM FLOW FLOW O M C O C

COMMON

G SLAVE SLAVE N I R T E R ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR T E MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER 59 S

CONFIGV MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE I

CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE A IS @ FAIL D

M(D)10 OPEN NON-FAIL M(D)20 OPEN NON-FAIL M(D)30 OPENM NON-FAIL M(D)11 OPEN OPEN M(D)21 OPEN OPEN M(D)31 OPEN OPEN M(D)12 OPEN CLOSED M(D)22 OPEN CLOSED M(D)32 OPEN CLOSED M(D)13 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)23 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)33 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)14 CLOSED OPEN M(D)24 CLOSED OPEN M(D)34 CLOSED OPEN M(D)15 CLOSED CLOSED M(D)25 CLOSED CLOSED M(D)35 CLOSED CLOSED

M Specifies MIXING, D Specifies DIVERTING

Notes: 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. 5. Proportional actuator normal position is a function of the CCW/CW switch. 6. All 3-way assemblies are designed for 90 degree actuator rotation. F6 ANSI Class 300, Industrial Electric Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 300 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation

Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications Specifications include chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over Service chilled, hot water, glycol, systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process steam to 50 psi control applications. The large Cv values provide for an Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage, economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. unidirectional Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) Action quarter turn, mechanically limited Sizes 2" to 24" Temperature °C

Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 250/300 flanged -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 1500 103.4 Body Pressure ANSI Class 300 ANSI 600 CS 1400 96.5 Materials: ANSI 600 SS 1300 89.6 Body Carbon steel full lug 1200 82.7

Disc 316 Stainless Steel 1100 75.8 RPTFE RANGE Seat RTFE 1000 68.9

Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless 900 62.1 ARG

800 55.2 Gland Seal TFE ANSI 300 CS 700 48.3 Bushings Glass Backed TFE ANSI 300 SS 600 41.4

Flange For use with ANSI Class Pressure - PSIG T I

500 M 34.5 250/300 flanges I L

TFE RANGE Pressure - B

400 S 27.6 Media Temp Range ANSI Class 300 limitations C

P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7

Operation Ambient E T 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] W O L

100 6.9 F

Maximum Pressure 0 2

0 - 0 Differential 725 psi @ 100° deg F -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Temperature °F Maximum Velocity 32 FPS Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves.

Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° 0.02 0.06 0.14 0.252 0.38 0.55 0.75 0.97 1 F650-300SHP 2" 100 1.4 6.0 13 24 36 52 71 95 100 F665-300SHP 2.5" 143 2.1 8.0 19 34 52 75 102 136 143 F680-300SHP 3" 223 3.2 13 30 53 81 117 159 212 223 F6100-300SHP 4" 435 6.2 25 58 104 157 228 310 414 435 F6125-300SHP 5" 688 10 40 92 165 248 361 491 655 688 F6150-300SHP 6" 1041 15 60 139 250 377 546 744 992 1041 F6200-300SHP 8" 1911 27 109 255 459 692 1001 1365 1820 1911

F6250-300SHP 10" 3194 46 183 426 767 1156 1673 2282 3042 3194 (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols F6300-300SHP 12" 4428 63 253 590 1063 1602 2319 3163 4217 4428 F6350-300SHP 14" 5702 81 326 760 1368 2063 2986 4072 5430 5702 F6400-300SHP 16" 8243 109 435 1015 1827 2755 3988 5438 7850 8243 F6450-300SHP 18" 9712 139 555 1295 2331 3515 5088 6938 9250 9712 F6500-300SHP 20" 10658 158 630 1470 2646 3990 5775 7875 10150 10658 F6500-300SHP 24" 16205 242 966 2254 4057 6118 8855 12075 16100 16205

60 ® F6 ANSI Class 300, Industrial Electric Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Non-Fail Safe Close-Off ) Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Press (PSI F650-300SHP 2" 100 1.75 8.00 22.25 5.00 8 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 600 F665-300SHP 2.5" 143 1.88 8.00 22.75 5.88 8 5/8-11 UNC SY2… 600 F680-300SHP 3" 223 1.92 8.00 23.00 6.63 8 3/4-10 UNC SY2… 600 F6100-300SHP 4" 435 2.13 8.00 23.75 7.88 8 3/4-10 UNC SY2… 600 SY2… 285 F6125-300SHP 5" 688 2.25 8.00 24.25 9.25 8 3/4-10 UNC SY3… 600 SY2… 285 F6150-300SHP 6" 1041 2.29 8.00 24.75 10.63 12 3/4-10 UNC SY3… 600 SY3… 150 F6200-300SHP 8" 1911 2.88 12.00 32.00 13.00 12 7/8-9 UNC SY4… 600 SY4… 285 F6250-300SHP 10" 3194 3.25 12.00 33.00 15.25 16 1-8 UNC SY5… 400 SY7… 600 SY4… 150 F6300-300SHP 12" 4428 3.62 12.00 35.00 17.75 16 1 1/8-8 UNC SY5… 285 SY7… 600 SY5… 150 F6350-300SHP 14" 5702 4.62 14.00 36.00 20.25 20 1 1/8-8 UNC SY7… 400 SY8… 600 SY7… 150 SY8… 285 F6400-300SHP 16" 8243 5.25 14.00 37.50 22.50 20 1 1/4-8 UNC SY9… 400 SY10… 600 SY7… 150 SY8… 285 F6450-300SHP 18" 9712 5.88 14.00 42.25 24.75 24 1 1/4-8 UNC SY9… 400 SY11… 600 SY8… 150 F6500-300SHP 20" 10658 6.31 14.00 49.50 27.00 24 1 1/4-8 UNC SY10… 285 SY11… 400 F6600-300SHP 24" 16205 7.19 14.00 56.25 32.00 24 1 1/2-8 UNC SY10… 150 Dimension "A" does not include flange gaskets. (2 required per valve)

SHP series valves Dimensions in inches have a preferred flow C B direction. D103

D

A

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Notes: Type Industrial Electric 1. Valves are rated at 725 psi differential pressure in the closed posi- Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC, tion @ 100°F media temperature. ± 10%, 50/60 Hz 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between ANSI Class

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Available Control 2 position 250/300 flanges conforming to ANSI B16.5 Standards. 3. 2-way assemblies are furnished assembled, calibrated and tested, Signals Floating ready for installation. 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to 4-20mA, SY MFT remove the valve from the pipe. Fail Modes Fail in position 5. Flange gaskets (2 required, not provided with valve) MUST be used between valve and ANSI flange. Battery Back-up 6. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are furnished by others.

61 F7 ANSI Class 300, Industrial Electric Actuator ® Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

• Bubble tight shut-off to ANSI Class 300 Standards • Long stem design allows for 2" insulation minimum • Valve Face-to-face dimensions comply with API 609 & MSS-SP-68 • Completely assembled and tested, ready for installation • Tees comply with ASME/ANSI B16.5 Class 250/300 Flanges Application These valves are designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications requiring positive shut-off for liquids Specifications at higher pressures and temperatures. Typical applications Service chilled, hot water, glycol include chiller isolation, cooling tower isolation, change-over Flow Characteristic modified equal percentage, systems, large air handler coil control, bypass and process unidirectional control applications. The large Cv values provide for an economical control valve solution for larger flow applications. Recommended Install SUS (Seat Up Stream) Action quarter turn, mechanically limited Sizes 2" to 24" Temperature °C Type of End Fitting ANSI Class 250/300 flanged -73 -17.8 38.7 93.3 149 204 260 1500 103.4 Body Pressure ANSI Class 300 ANSI 600 CS 1400 96.5 Materials: ANSI 600 SS 1300 89.6 Body Carbon steel full lug 1200 82.7 Disc 316 Stainless Steel 1100 75.8 RPTFE RANGE Seat RTFE 1000 68.9

Shaft 17-4 pH Stainless 900 62.1 ARG Gland Seal TFE 800 55.2 ANSI 300 CS 700 48.3 Bushings Glass Backed TFE ANSI 300 SS Flange For use with ANSI Class 600 41.4 T Pressure - PSIG I

500 M 34.5

250/300 flanges I L

TFE RANGE Pressure - B 400 S 27.6

Media Temp Range ANSI Class 300 limitations C

P ANSI 150 CS

300 M 20.7

Operation Ambient E T 200 ANSI 150 SS 13.8 Temperature Range -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] W O L

100 6.9 F

Maximum Pressure 0 2

0 - 0 Differential 725 psi @ 100° deg F -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Rangeability 10:1 (for 30 deg to 70 deg range) Temperature °F Maximum Velocity 32 FPS Pressure/temperature chart for ANSI class butterfly valves.

Valve Size Cv 90° Cv 10° Cv 20° Cv 30° Cv 40° Cv 50° Cv 60° Cv 70° Cv 80° Cv 90° F750-300SHP 2" 100 1.4 6.0 13 24 36 52 71 95 100 F765-300SHP 2.5" 143 2.1 8.0 19 34 52 75 102 136 143 F780-300SHP 3" 223 3.2 13 30 53 81 117 159 212 223 F7100-300SHP 4" 435 6.2 25 58 104 157 228 310 414 435 F7125-300SHP 5" 688 10 40 92 165 248 361 491 655 688 F7150-300SHP 6" 1041 15 60 139 250 377 546 744 992 1041 F7200-300SHP 8" 1911 27 109 255 459 692 1001 1365 1820 1911 F7250-300SHP 10" 3194 46 183 426 767 1156 1673 2282 3042 3194 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols F7300-300SHP 12" 4428 63 253 590 1063 1602 2319 3163 4217 4428 F7350-300SHP 14" 5702 81 326 760 1368 2063 2986 4072 5430 5702 F7400-300SHP 16" 8243 109 435 1015 1827 2755 3988 5438 7850 8243 F7450-300SHP 18" 9712 139 555 1295 2331 3515 5088 6938 9250 9712 F7500-300SHP 20" 10658 158 630 1470 2646 3990 5775 7875 10150 10658 F7600-300SHP 24" 16205 242 966 2254 4057 6118 8855 12075 16100 16205

62 ® F7 ANSI Class 300, Industrial Electric Actuator Reinforced Teflon Seat, 316 Stainless Disc with Belimo SY Series Actuator

Maximum Dimensions, measured in inches Non-Fail Safe Close-Off ) Valve Size Cv(90°) A B,C D(Max) BHC # Holes Lug Bolt Actuator Press (PSI SY2… 400 F750-300SHP 2" 100 5.00 6.75 22.25 5.00 8 5/8-11 UNC SY3… 600 SY2… 400 F765-300SHP 2.5" 143 5.50 7.38 22.75 5.88 8 5/8-11 UNC SY3… 600 SY2… 400 F780-300SHP 3" 223 6.00 7.92 23.00 6.63 8 3/4-10 UNC SY3… 600 SY2… 285 F7100-300SHP 4" 435 7.00 9.13 23.75 7.88 8 3/4-10 UNC SY3… 600 SY3… 285 F7125-300SHP 5" 688 8.00 10.25 24.25 9.25 8 3/4-10 UNC SY4… 600 SY3… 285 F7150-300SHP 6" 1041 8.50 10.79 24.75 10.63 12 3/4-10 UNC SY4… 600 SY4… 400 F7200-300SHP 8" 1911 10.00 12.88 32.00 13.00 12 7/8-9 UNC SY5… 600 SY4… 150 F7250-300SHP 10" 3194 11.50 14.75 33.00 15.25 16 1-8 UNC SY5… 285 SY7… 600 SY5… 150 F7300-300SHP 12" 4428 13.00 16.62 35.00 17.75 16 1 1/8-8 UNC SY7… 400 SY8… 600 SY7… 150 F7350-300SHP 14" 5200 15.00 19.62 36.00 20.25 20 1 1/8-8 UNC SY8… 400 SY10… 600 SY7… 150 F7400-300SHP 16" 8243 16.50 21.75 37.50 22.50 20 1 1/4-8 UNC SY9… 285 SY10… 400 SY12… 600 SY8… 150 F7450-300SHP 18" 9712 18.00 23.88 42.25 24.75 24 1 1/4-8 UNC SY10… 285 SY11… 400 SY9… 150 F7500-300SHP 20" 10568 19.50 25.81 49.50 27.00 24 1 1/4-8 UNC SY12… 285 F7600-300SHP 24" 16205 22.5 29.69 56.25 32.00 24 1 1/2-8 UNC SY12… 150 Dimensions "A, B & C" do not include flange gaskets. (3 required per valve)

Notes: Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) 1. Valves are rated at 725 psi differential pressure in the closed posi- tion @ 100 deg F media temperature. Type Industrial Electric 2. Valves are furnished with lugs tapped for use between ANSI Class Supply Voltages 24 VAC, 120 VAC and 230 VAC, 250/300 flanges conforming to ANSI B16.5 Standards. ± 10%, 50/60 Hz 3. 3-way assemblies are furnished assembled with Tee, calibrated and Available Control 2 position tested, ready for installation. All 3-way assemblies require the customer Signals Floating to specify the 3-way configuration code prior to order entry to guaran- tee correct placement of valves and actuator(s) on the assembly. 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC 4. Dimension "D" allows for actuator(s) removal without the need to - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols 4-20mA, SY MFT remove the valve from the pipe. Fail Modes Fail in position 5. Flange gaskets (3 required, not provided with valve) MUST be used Battery Back-up between valve and ANSI flange. 6. Flange bolts are not included with the valve. These are furnished by others.

63 Butterfly Valve Selection-Velocity Chart ® SHP Series ANSI Class Butterfly Valves

Flow in Std Weight Pipe (Fluid Velocity in GPM). Use with SHP Series BF Valves. Size 4 FPS 8 FPS 12 FPS 16 FPS 20 FPS 24 FPS 28 FPS 32 FPS 36 FPS 2” 39 78 118 157 196 235 274 313 353 2-1/2” 61 122 184 245 306 367 428 490 551 3” 88 176 264 353 441 529 617 705 793 4” 157 313 470 627 783 940 1097 1253 1410 5” 245 490 734 979 1224 1469 1714 1958 2203 6” 352 705 1058 1410 1763 2115 2468 2820 3173 8” 627 1253 1880 2507 3133 3760 4387 5013 5640 10” 979 1958 2938 3917 4896 5875 6854 7834 8813 12” 1410 2820 4230 5640 7050 8460 9870 11280 12690 14” 1919 3838 5738 7677 9596 11515 13435 15354 17273 16” 2507 5013 7520 10027 12534 15040 17547 20054 22561 18” 3173 6345 9518 12690 15863 19036 22208 25381 28553 20” 3917 7834 11750 15667 19584 23501 27418 31334 35251 24” 5640 11280 16921 22561 28201 33841 39481 45121 50762 30” 8813 17625 26438 35251 44064 52877 61689 70502 79315 It is not recommended to exceed 32 feet per second through high performance butterfly valves. Velocities greater than 32 fps may damage the valve.

Dimensions in inches D104

AB

D

0 S

C R E T S A

M D145

SHP series valves are flow direction specific. R N E N E R T O V O E D145 S T A M M

A Refer to L S M M G S M FLOW FLOW A FLOW page 41 O O N I M C

C for codes. X I M

COMMON R R SLAVE SLAVE E N E E T T O V S N S A M - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols A A O L M M S M FLOWM FLOW FLOW O M C O C

COMMON

G SLAVE SLAVE N I R T E R ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR ON/OFF OR T 64 E MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER MOD@2VDC MASTER S

CONFIGV MASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE CONFIGMASTER VALVE I

CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE IS @ FAIL CODE VALVE A IS @ FAIL D

M(D)10 OPEN NON-FAIL M(D)20 OPEN NON-FAIL M(D)30 OPENM NON-FAIL M(D)11 OPEN OPEN M(D)21 OPEN OPEN M(D)31 OPEN OPEN M(D)12 OPEN CLOSED M(D)22 OPEN CLOSED M(D)32 OPEN CLOSED M(D)13 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)23 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)33 CLOSED NON-FAIL M(D)14 CLOSED OPEN M(D)24 CLOSED OPEN M(D)34 CLOSED OPEN M(D)15 CLOSED CLOSED M(D)25 CLOSED CLOSED M(D)35 CLOSED CLOSED

M Specifies MIXING, D Specifies DIVERTING

Notes: 1. Slave Valve operates inversely of the Master Valve. 2. The Master Valve is always located on the run. 3. The Slave Valve may also have an actuator if required (Direct Coupled). 4. On/Off actuator normal position is a function of field logic. 5. Proportional actuator normal position is a function of the CCW/CW switch. 6. All 3-way assemblies are designed for 90 degree actuator rotation. ® Wire size vs. length of run for SY Series Actuators cuits in the T mix CLASS 1 & 2 cir Do NO y. y (feet) y (feet) y (feet) y var 3.2A 4.0A 3.2A 4.0A 3.0A 4.0A ac models. 99 MAX Distance between Actuator and Suppl MAX Distance between Actuator and Suppl MAX Distance between Actuator and Suppl 70 65 1.3 1.5 1.8 A should be changed to 120v wer requires CLASS 1 wiring conduit. Local Codes ma ver 100V A po ver 100V 87 87 43 40 C o ac actuators o ac actuators A 24v y, 144 233357606 140 214 364 140 214 364 107 182 168 905 543 543 271 250 SY1 SY2 SY3 SY4 SY5SY1 SY6 SY2 SY7 SY3 SY8 SY4 SY9 SY5SY1 SY10 SY6 SY2 SY11 SY7 SY3 SY12 SY8 SY4 SY9 SY5 SY10 SY6 SY11 SY7 SY12 SY8 SY9 SY10 SY11 SY12 151523813846 7585882 1190 1923 758 2941 1190 1923 2941 583 916 1479 22625051 505 794 12827937 1961 3030 421 661 1068 4762 1634 3030 237 601 372 4762 919 2525 3968 189 481 298 2165 735 3401 237 601 372 1894 919 2976 189 481 298 947 735 1488 253 641 397 758 1190 980 189 481 298 947 1488 735 1190 758 1488 947 1082 689 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols 10000 5000 5000 384612821 33331960833333 7692 2778 11765 20000 7692 11765 1563 20000 6410 9804 1250 16667 5495 8403 1563 14286 4808 7353 12500 1250 2404 6250 3676 1667 1923 5000 2941 1250 2404 6250 3676 1923 5000 2941 2404 6250 3676 1748 4545 2674 14925 7463 7463 5741 497549751 4146 29851 2332 29851 1866 24876 2332 21322 18657 1866 9328 2488 7463 1866 9328 7463 9328 6784 Generall 8 8 8 1816 14 9212 10 55 55 18 16 14 12 10 18 16 14 12 10

wire gauge 1.8A 3.0A 3.0A 6.0Awire gauge 6.5A 0.5A 7.5A 1.0A 7.0A 1.0A 7.5A 7.5Awire gauge 0.3A 8.0A 0.5A 10A 0.5A 15A 0.6A 0.7A 0.8A 1.6A 2.0A 1.6A 2.0A 1.6A 2.2A

220 VAC 220 AC V 24 AC V 110 The NEC mandates that 24V same conduit.

65 SY…24 Series Non-Spring Return Actuator ® Technical Data - 24VAC

Application: The SY actuators are NEMA 4, 4x rated and designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications. Offered on the HSU and HS butterfly valve series, these actuators are available for on/off and modulating applications. Depending on the application, they are available in 24VAC, 110VAC and 220VAC.

Electrical Connection 1/2” Conduit Connector, screw terminals Overload Protection Thermally Protected 135 deg C cut-out Motor Protection H Class Insulation (SY-1), F Class (SY-2…5) Geartrain High Alloy Steel gear sets, self locking Operating Range (SY…-24) On/Off (SY…24P) 2-10vdc, 4-20mA, 1-5vdc Sensitivity (SY…24P) 0.2mA / 100mV Feedback (SY…24P) 2-10vdc Angle of Rotation Mechanically limited to 95 deg. Direction of Rotation Reversible Position Indication Top mounted domed indicator Internal Humidity Control Resistive Heating Element Auxiliary Switches (2) SPDT, 10A 250VAC Factory Set for 3 deg and 87 deg change of state Ambient Temperature -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] Humidity Range up to 95% Housing Type IP67, NEMA 4, 4X Housing Material Die Cast Aluminum Alloy Agency Listings ISO, CE, cCSAus

Power Supply 24 VAC 50/60Hz, single phase Power Model Torque Speed Consumption Override Weight SY1-24(P) 35Nm / 310”lb 15s 1.8A 8mm Wrench 2.0kg / 4.9# SY2-24(P) 90Nm / 801”lb 15s 3.0A Hand Wheel 11kg / 24.5# SY3-24(P) 150Nm / 1335”lb 22s 3.0A Hand Wheel 11kg / 24.5# SY4-24(P) 400Nm / 3560”lb 16s 6.0A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5# SY5-24(P) 500Nm / 4450”lb 22s 6.5A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5# - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

66 ® SY…110 Series Non-Spring Return Actuator Technical Data - 110VAC

Application: The SY actuators are NEMA 4, 4x rated and designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications. Offered on the HSU and HS butterfly valve series, these actuators are available for on/off and modulating applications. Depending on the application, they are available in 24VAC, 110VAC and 220VAC.

Electrical Connection 1/2” Conduit Connector, screw terminals Overload Protection Thermally Protected 135 deg C cut-out Motor Protection H Class Insulation (SY-1), F Class (SY-2…12) Geartrain High Alloy Steel gear sets, self locking Operating Range (SY…-110) On/Off, Floating (SY…110P) 2-10vdc, 4-20mA, 1-5vdc Sensitivity (SY…110P) 0.2mA / 100mV Feedback (SY…110P) 2-10vdc Angle of Rotation Mechanically limited to 95 deg. Direction of Rotation Reversible Position Indication Top mounted domed indicator Internal Humidity Control Resistive Heating Element Auxiliary Switches (2) SPDT, 5A 250VAC Factory Set for 5° and 85° change of state Ambient Temperature -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] Humidity Range up to 95% Housing Type IP67, NEMA 4, 4X Housing Material Die Cast Aluminum Alloy Agency Listings ISO, CE, cCSAus

Power Supply 110 VAC 50/60Hz, single phase Speed Speed Power Model Torque 60Hz 50Hz Consumption Override Weight SY1-110(P) 35Nm / 310”lb 12s 13s 0.5A 8mm Wrench 2.0kg / 4.9# SY2-110(P) 90Nm / 801”lb 15s 17s 1.0A Hand Wheel 11kg / 24.5# SY3-110(P) 150Nm / 1335”lb 22s 26s 1.0A Hand Wheel 11kg / 24.5# SY4-110(P) 400Nm / 3560”lb 16s 18s 1.3A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5# SY5-110(P) 500Nm / 4450”lb 22s 25s 1.5A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5# SY6-110(P) 650Nm / 5785”lb 28s 31s 1.8A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5#

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols SY7-110(P) 1000Nm / 8900”lb 46s 55s 3.2A Hand Wheel 36kg / 79.5# SY8-110(P) 1500Nm / 13350”lb 46s 55s 4.0A Hand Wheel 36kg / 79.5# SY9-110(P) 2000Nm / 17800”lb 58s 70s 3.2A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5# SY10-110(P) 2500Nm / 22250”lb 58s 70s 4.0A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5# SY11-110(P) 3000Nm / 26700”lb 58s 70s 3.0A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5# SY12-110(P) 3500Nm / 31150”lb 58s 70s 4.0A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5#

67 SY…220 Series Non-Spring Return Actuator ® Technical Data - 220VAC

Application: The SY actuators are NEMA 4, 4x rated and designed to meet the needs of HVAC and Commercial applications. Offered on the HSU and HS butterfly valve series, these actuators are available for on/off and modulating applications. Depending on the application, they are available in 24VAC, 110VAC and 220VAC.

Electrical Connection 1/2” Conduit Connector, screw terminals Overload Protection Thermally Protected 135 deg C cut-out Motor Protection H Class Insulation (SY-1), F Class (SY-2…12) Geartrain High Alloy Steel gear sets, self locking Operating Range (SY…-220) On/Off, Floating (SY…220P) 2-10vdc, 4-20mA, 1-5vdc Sensitivity (SY…220P) 0.2mA / 100mV Feedback (SY…220P) 2-10vdc Angle of Rotation Mechanically limited to 95 deg. Direction of Rotation Reversible Position Indication Top mounted domed indicator Internal Humidity Control Resistive Heating Element Auxiliary Switches (2) SPDT, 5A 250VAC Factory Set for 5° and 85° change of state Ambient Temperature -22°F to +150°F [-30°C to +65°C] Humidity Range up to 95% Housing Type IP67, NEMA 4, 4X Housing Material Die Cast Aluminum Alloy Agency Listings ISO, CE, cCSAus

Power Supply 220 VAC 50/60Hz, single phase Speed Speed Power Model Torque 60Hz 50Hz Consumption Override Weight SY1-220(P) 35Nm / 310”lb 12s 13s 0.3A 8mm Wrench 2.0kg / 4.9# SY2-220(P) 90Nm / 801”lb 15s 17s 0.5A Hand Wheel 11kg / 24.5# SY3-220(P) 150Nm / 1335”lb 22s 26s 0.5A Hand Wheel 11kg / 24.5# SY4-220(P) 400Nm / 3560”lb 16s 18s 0.6A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5# SY5-220(P) 500Nm / 4450”lb 22s 25s 0.7A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5# SY6-220(P) 650Nm / 5785”lb 28s 31s 0.8A Hand Wheel 22kg / 48.5#

SY7-220(P) 1000Nm / 8900”lb 46s 55s 1.6A Hand Wheel 36kg / 79.5# (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols SY8-220(P) 1500Nm / 13350”lb 46s 55s 2.0A Hand Wheel 36kg / 79.5# SY9-220(P) 2000Nm / 17800”lb 58s 70s 1.6A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5# SY10-220(P) 2500Nm / 22250”lb 58s 70s 2.0A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5# SY11-220(P) 3000Nm / 26700”lb 58s 70s 1.6A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5# SY12-220(P) 3500Nm / 31150”lb 58s 70s 2.2A Hand Wheel 56kg / 123.5#

68 ® SY… Series Non-Spring Actuator Dimensions

D

B SY-2~6... SY-1...

B C A

C A C

D

D B SY-9~12...

SY-7~8... B C A

A

MODEL DIM A (MAX) Add to Dim A for DIM B DIM C (MAX) DIM D

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols cover removal in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm SY1 6.10 155 3.94 100 4.25 108 8mm 8mm - - SY2~3 10.04 255 7.48 190 7.87 200 12.99 330 7.87 200 SY4~6 12.40 315 8.86 225 9.21 234 14.96 380 11.81 300 SY7~8 16.54 420 8.86 225 9.21 234 17.72 450 13.39 340 SY9~12 23.23 590 8.86 225 10.24 260 18.50 470 13.78 350 Note: ~ indicates range of actuator i.e., SY2~3 = SY-2 and SY-3 69 Wiring for Damper Actuators and Control Valves ® SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…5-24 and SY1…12-110 (220) On/Off

SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…5-24 – On/Off W546 SY1…12-110 (220) On/Off

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. Observe class 1 and class 2 wiring restrictions. CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, Transformer sizing = SY actuator draw X 1.25 (safety margin) may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to (Ex. SY2-24 requires 3.0A x 1.25 = 3.75A, alert against unsafe practices. 3.75A X 24 VAC = 90VA Transformer). Indicates an action or condition that may cause irreversible damage to the actuator(s) or associated equipment. 1 Equipment damage! NOTES SY1…12-110 (220) Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. • Caution: Power Supply Voltage • Isolation relays must be used in parallel connection of multiple actuators NOTES SY1…5-24 using a common control signal input. • "H" (L2) cannot be connected to terminal #3 and #4 simultaneously. Each actuator should be powered by a single, isolated • Required: Terminal #7 needs to be field wired to enable heater circuit. 1 control transformer. • Isolation relays must be used in parallel connection of multiple actuators using a common control signal input. • "H" cannot be connected to terminal #3 and #4 simultaneously. • Required: Terminal #7 needs to be field wired to enable heater circuit.

24 VAC Transformer G G Ground G G Ground 1 120 and 230 VAC 1 Common N L1 1 Common Line Open Open Volts 3 Open 3 Open H L2 4 Closed 4 Closed Close Close 5 Connect to #1 for fully 5 Connect to #1 for fully open indication open indication 6 Connect to #1 for fully 6 Connect to #1 for fully closed indication closed indication 7 HTR 7 HTR

A A LS3 LS3 B B A-C (Open Indication) A-C (Open Indication) C C D D LS4 LS4 E E (Closed Indication) D-F (Closed Indication) F D-F F Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. SY2…5-24 SY2…12-110 (220)

A A LS3 LS3 B B

A-B (Open Indication) A-B (Open Indication) C C Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. 3A 250 VAC Max. 3A 250 VAC Max. E E

LS4 LS4 (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols F F A-E (Closed Indication) A-E (Closed Indication) SY1-24 SY1-110 (220) SY1 Contact Arrangements

70 W546 ® Wiring for Damper Actuators and Control Valves SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…5-24P and SY1…12-110P (220P)

W547 SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…5-24P and SY1…12-110P (220P)

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. Observe Class 1 and Class 2 wiring restrictions CAUTION Transformer sizing = SY actuator draw X 1.25 (safety margin) (Ex. SY2-24 requires 3.0A x 1.25 = 3.75A, 3.75A X 24 VAC = 90VA Transformer). Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices. APPLICATION NOTES Indicates an action or condition that may cause irreversible damage to the actuator(s) or associated equipment. Ground shielded wire at control panel chassis. 4 Equipment damage! Tape back ground at actuator. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. 5 Use of feedback is optional.

NOTES SY1…5-24P NOTES SY1…12-110P (220P) Each actuator should be powered by a single, isolated • Caution: Power supply voltage. 1 control transformer. • Power supply Com/Neutral and Control Signal "–" wiring to a common is • Power supply Com/Neutral and Control Signal "–" wiring to a common is prohibited. Terminals 4 and 6 need to be wired separately. prohibited. Terminals 4 and 6 need to be wired separately. • Do not change sensitivity or dip switch settings with power applied. • Do not change sensitivity or dip switch settings with power applied.

G Ground 120 and 230 VAC 1 24 VAC Transformer G G Ground G G Ground 120 and 230 VAC N L1 4 Power Supply Com 4 Power Supply Com 4 Power Supply Com Line N L1 H L2 5 Power Supply Hot Volts 5 Power Supply Hot H L2 5 Power Supply Hot VDC/mA (–) 6 Control Signal (-) 6 Control Signal (-) 7 Control Signal (+) 6 Control Signal (-) Control signal (+) Control signal Control signal 7 Control Signal (+) 4 8 Internal Use Only 7 Control Signal (+) 4 8 Internal Use Only 4 8 Internal Use Only G 9 Internal Use Only 9 Internal Use Only 10 Internal Use Only 9 Internal Use Only 10 Internal Use Only 11 Feedback (-) 10 Internal Use Only Feedback 11 Feedback (-) 11 Feedback (-) 12 Feedback (+) Feedback Feedback 5 12 Feedback (+) 12 Feedback (+) 5 A 5 LS3 A A B LS3 LS3 A-C (Open Indication) B B C A-C (Open Indication) A-C (Open Indication) C C D A LS4 D D LS3 E LS4 LS4 D-F (Closed Indication) E E B F D-F (Closed Indication) D-F (Closed Indication) A-B (Open Indication) Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. F F C A A Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. LS3 Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. LS3 3A 250 VAC Max. E SY (2-12) -110P (220P) B B LS4 SY2…5-24P SY (2-12) -110P (220P) A-B (Open Indication) A-B (Open Indication) F C C A-E (Closed Indication) Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max.

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols 3A 250 VAC Max. 3A 250 VAC Max. SY1 -110P (220)P E E LS4 LS4 SY1 Contact Arrangements F F A-E (Closed Indication) A-E (Closed Indication) SY1-24P SY1 -110P (220P) SY1 Contact Arrangements SY1 Contact Arrangements

W547 71 F6/F7... HS/HSU Butterfly Valves ® SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…5-24 and SY1…12-110 (220) - Multiple Wiring

SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…5-24 – Multiple Wiring W549 SY1…12-110 (220) – Multiple Wiring

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. Observe class 1 and class 2 wiring restrictions. Transformer sizing = SY actuator draw X 1.25 (safety margin) CAUTION (Ex. SY2-24 requires 3.0A x 1.25 = 3.75A, Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in 3.75A X 24 VAC = 90VA Transformer). minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

Indicates an action or condition that may cause irreversible damage to the actuator(s) or associated equipment. NOTES Equipment damage! • Caution: Power Supply Voltage Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. • Isolation relays must be used in parallel connection of multiple actuators using a common control signal input. • "H" (L2) cannot be connected to terminal #3 and #4 simultaneously. • Required: Terminal #7 needs to be field wired to enable heater circuit.

24 VAC Transformer Actuator B Actuator B G G Ground 120 and 230 VAC G G Ground

1 Common 1 Common Line N L1 Volts Open K1 Open K1 3 Open 3 Open 4 Closed H L2 4 Closed Close K1-B 5 Close K1-B 5 6 6

7 HTR 7 HTR

A A LS3 LS3 B B A-C (Open Indication) A-C (Open Indication) C C D D LS4 LS4 E E D-F (Closed Indication) F F D-F (Closed Indication) Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max.

SY2…5-24 SY2…12-110 (220)

G G Ground Actuator A G G Ground Actuator A

1 Common 1 Common 3 Open 3 Open 4 Closed 4 Closed K1-A 5 K1-A 5 6 6

7 HTR 7 HTR

A A LS3 LS3 B B A-C (Open Indication) A-C (Open Indication) C C D D LS4 LS4 E E D-F (Closed Indication) F F D-F (Closed Indication) A A Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. LS3 LS3 B B SY2…5-24 SY2…12-110 (220)

A-B (Open Indication) A-B (Open Indication) (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols C C Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. 3A 250 VAC Max. 3A 250 VAC Max. E E LS4 LS4 F F A-E (Closed Indication) A-E (Closed Indication) SY1 -24 SY1-110 (220) SY1 Contact Arrangements

72 W549 ® F6/F7... HS/HSU Butterfly Valves SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY…5-24P - Multiple Wiring

W550 SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…5-24P – Multiple Wiring

Hazard Identification 1 Actuator B 24 VAC Transformer G G Ground Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 4 Power Supply Com Line Volts 5 Power Supply Hot CAUTION 6 Control Signal (-) Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. 7 Control Signal (+) It may also be used to 8 Internal Use Only alert against unsafe practices. 4 9 Internal Use Only Indicates an action or condition that may cause 10 Internal Use Only irreversible damage to the actuator(s) or associated equipment. 11 Feedback (-) Feedback (B) 12 Feedback (+) Equipment damage! 5 Power consumption and input impedance A must be observed. LS3 B A-C (Open Indication) C D LS4 INSTALLATION NOTES E F D-F (Closed Indication) Observe class 1 and class 2 wiring restrictions. Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. Transformer sizing = SY actuator draw X 1.25 (safety margin) SY2…5-24P (Ex. SY2-24 requires 3.0A x 1.25 = 3.75A, 3.75A X 24 VAC = 90VA Transformer). Actuator A 1 24 VAC Transformer G G Ground

4 Power Supply Com NOTES SY1…5-24P Line Each actuator should be powered by a single, isolated Volts 5 Power Supply Hot 1 control transformer. 6 Control Signal (-) • SY1-24P notes: Power supply Com/Neutral and Control Signal 7 Control Signal (+) "–" wiring to a common is prohibited. Terminals 4 and 6 need to be wired separately otherwise irreversible damage will occur. 4 8 Internal Use Only • Do not change sensitivity or dip switch settings with 9 Internal Use Only power applied. 10 Internal Use Only 11 Feedback (-) Control Signal Feedback (A) 12 Feedback (+) APPLICATION NOTES 5 A LS3 Recommended twisted shielded pair for control wiring. B 4 Ground shielded wire at control panel chassis. A-C (Open Indication) C Tape back ground at actuator. D 5 LS4 Use of feedback is optional. E A D-F (Closed Indication) LS3 F Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. B

A-B (Open Indication) C SY2…5-24P Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. 3A 250 VAC Max. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols E LS4 F A-E (Closed Indication) SY1 -24P

SY1 Contact Arrangements

W550 73 F6/F7... HS/HSU Butterfly Valves ® SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…12-110P, (220P) - Multiple Wiring

SY Actuator Wiring Diagram, SY1…12-110P, (220P) – Multiple Wiring W552

Actuator B G G Ground Hazard Identification 120 and 230 VAC Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate N L1 4 Power Supply Com sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. H L2 5 Power Supply Hot CAUTION 6 Control Signal (-) Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if 7 Control Signal (+) not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. 8 Internal Use Only It may also be used to 4 alert against unsafe practices. 9 Internal Use Only Indicates an action or condition that may cause 10 Internal Use Only irreversible damage to the actuator(s) or 11 Feedback (-) Feedback (B) associated equipment. 12 Feedback (+) 5 Equipment damage! A Power consumption and input impedance LS3 must be observed. B A-C (Open Indication) C D LS4 E INSTALLATION NOTES D-F (Closed Indication) F Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. Observe class 1 and class 2 wiring restrictions. SY2…12-110P (220P)

Actuator A APPLICATION NOTES G G Ground 4 Power Supply Com Recommended twisted shielded pair for control wiring. 4 Ground shielded wire at control panel chassis. 5 Power Supply Hot Tape back ground at actuator. 6 Control Signal (-) Control Signal 5 Use of feedback is optional. 7 Control Signal (+)

4 8 Internal Use Only 9 Internal Use Only NOTES SY1…12-110P (220P) 10 Internal Use Only • Caution: Power supply voltage. 11 Feedback (-) Feedback (A) • Power supply Com/Neutral and Control Signal "–" wiring to a 12 Feedback (+) common is prohibited. Terminals 4 and 6 need to be wired separately. 5 A • Do not change sensitivity or dip switch settings with LS3 power applied. B A-C (Open Indication) C A LS3 D LS4 B E A-B (Open Indication) C D-F (Closed Indication) Contact Rating: 5A 125 VAC Max. F 3A 250 VAC Max. Contact Rating: 5A 250 VAC Max. E LS4 F SY2…-12-110P (220P) A-E (Closed Indication) SY1 -110P (220)P - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols SY1 Contact Arrangements

74 W552 WARNING

WARNING

CAUTION® SY… Series Non-Spring Actuators

INSTALLATION NOTES

Electrical Travel Adjustment (Factory Pre-set)

SY-1 Factory pre-set see chart below. Field adjustable if required

LS4 APPLICATION NOTES Auxiliary Switch for Closed Indication

WARNING LS3 LS4 Auxiliary Switch for Opened Indication LS3 LS2 Factory pre-set and calibrated. Do not adjust - warranty voided WARNING LS1 LS2 Clockwise Decrease Closed Angle “CLOSE” Counter-clockwise Increase Closed Angle

LS1 Clockwise Increase Opening Angle CAUTION “OPEN” Counter-clockwise Decrease Opening Angle

INSTALLATION NOTES Electrical Travel Adjustment Factory pre-set see chart below. Field adjustable if required

SY-2-12 LS4 Auxiliary Switch for Closed Indication

APPLICATION NOTES LS3 Auxiliary Switch for Opened Indication WARNING INSTALLATION NOTES LS4 LS3 Factory pre-set and calibrated. Do not adjust - warranty voided LS2 LS1 LS2 Clockwise Decrease Closed Angle “CLOSE” Counter-clockwise Increase Closed Angle

CAUTION LS1 Clockwise Increase Opening Angle “OPEN” WARNING Counter-clockwise Decrease Opening Angle

APPLICATION NOTES F Switches at left are shown with actuator fully open.

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols WARNING E 0° 5° 85° 90° D LS4 LS3 A - B A - C C 0° 5° 85° 90° B CAUTION LS4 D - F D - E A LS3

75

INSTALLATION NOTES WARNING INSTALLATION NOTES

APPLICATION NOTES CAUTION

APPLICATION NOTES

WARNING INSTALLATION NOTES

CAUTION

APPLICATION NOTES Interface Wiring Detail ®

Open LEDWARNING

Closed LED N Supply H Sensitivity switchsetting WARNING - SIG is position #3 for factory + IN default. To widen dead- Sensitivity band, select a higher WARNING number (up to 9). VR2 CAUTIONVR1 - FB + OUT Dip Switch WARNING

Notes: INSTALLATION NOTES 1. Do not change sensitivity or dip switch settings with power applied! 2. VR1 and VR2 are factory calibrated and should not be moved. CAUTION 3. Motor CAMS have been factory calibrated and should not be moved.

Dip 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 OFF 827 6 5 413 OFF Switch INPUT = 2-10vdc RESPONSE = DIRECT APPLICATION NOTESON ON SettingsINSTALLATION NOTES

827 6 5 413 OFF 8765314 2 OFF INPUT = 4-20mA RESPONSE = REVERSE ON ON

8765314 2 OFF INPUT = 1-5vdc ON LOSS OF SIGNAL = CLOSED APPLICATION NOTES 857 64231OFF (Direct Acting) LOSS OF SIGNAL = OPEN ON (Reverse Acting)

8765314 2 OFF 8765314 2 OFF LOSS OF SIGNAL = OPEN OUTPUT = 4-20mA (Direct Acting) LOSS OF SIGNAL = CLOSED ON ON (Reverse Acting) 8765314 2 OFF 8765314 2 OFF OUTPUT = 2-10vdc LOSS OF SIGNAL = STOP ON ON

WARNING

Potentiometer For 2-position actuators with 1k feedback option Potentiometer points 1, 2, 3 are wired to terminal blocks 8, 9, 10. (Factory Pre-set) When a valve is closed: 8, 9 1K Ohm WARNING 9, 10 0K Ohm WARNING When a valve is opened:INSTALLATION 8, 9 0K OhmNOTES 9, 10 1K Ohm - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

For modulating actuators with 1k feedback option* *On modulating Potentiometer points 1, 2, 3 are wired to terminal blocks 8, 9, 10. CAUTION When a valve is closed: 8, 9 1K Ohm actuators DO NOT 9, 10 0K Ohm master/slave using When a valve is opened: 8, 9 0K Ohm optional potentiometer. 9, 10 1K Ohm CAUTIONWARNING INSTALLATION NOTES 76 INSTALLATION NOTES

APPLICATION NOTES

CAUTION APPLICATION NOTES

APPLICATION NOTES

WARNING INSTALLATION NOTES

CAUTION

APPLICATION NOTES ® AF Series Spring Return Actuator Technical Data

Actuation Specifications Proportional Control, 24 VAC/DC Power (see actuator section for details) J AF24-MFT-S US (AF24-MFT US with built-in aux. switches) J Type Direct Coupled Electronic AF24-MFT95 US Control signal: 0-135 Supply Voltages 24 VAC, ± 10% Feedback output: 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max 120 VAC, ± 10% 50/60 Hz Common Data Available Control 2 Position Signals Floating Power consumption: 5 to 6.5 W running, 2-10 VDC 1.5 to 2.3 W holding (models vary) 4-20 mA Transformer sizing: 10 VA, class 2 power MFT Electrical connection: 3 ft, 18 GA appl. cable, 1/2” conduit fit. Fail Modes Spring Return, Fail in Position Electrical protection: Aux. switches double insulated On-Off Control, 24 VAC/DC Power Overload protection: electronic throughout rotation J AF24 US Angle of rotation: 95° J AF24-S US (AF24 US with built-in aux. switches) Direction of rotation: selected by switch: On-Off Control, 120 VAC Power CW=CW with decrease signal J AF120 US CCW=CCW with decrease signal J AF120-S US (AF120 US with built-in aux. switches) Spring return direction: CW/CCW mounting Position indication: visual indicator Floating Control, 24 VAC/DC Power J AF24-3 US (AF24 US with floating point control) Manual override: hex crank J AF24-3-S US (AF24-3 US with floating built-in aux. switches) Auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT. 5° fixed/25° to 85°(-S) Running time: 150 sec. independent of load (control) Proportional Control, 24 VAC/DC Power < 20 sec. (spring) J AF24-MFT US Control signal: 2 to 10 VDC, Ambient temperature: -22° F to 122° F [-30° C to 50° C] (4 to 20 mA with 500 resistor) Housing: NEMA 2 / IP54 Input impedance: 100 K for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) Agency listings: UL 873, CSA C22.2 No. 24 certified, CE ON-OFF, Spring Return500, 24V for 4 to 20 mA 750 for PWM Noise level: max. 45 dB(A) 1500 for on/off and floating point Feedback output: 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max Weight: 6.0 lbs to 6.9 lbs (models vary)

W540 Actuators: AF24(-S) US AF120 (-S) US / AF230 (-S) US

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. CAUTION Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on wires; use Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in 5 color codes instead. Actuators with appliance cables are numbered. minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.

Equipment damage! 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel. Power consumption and input APPLICATION NOTES impedance must be observed. Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection.

On/Off On/Off

WARNING WARNING 120 VAC - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Live Electrical Components! 24 VAC Transformer 2 3 5 Live Electrical Components! 25 During installation, During installation, 230 VAC testing, servicing and testing, servicing and Line 1 Common Blk Wht N 1 Neutral Blk troubleshooting troubleshooting Line Volts 2 + Hot Red of this product, it of this product, it Volts Blk H 2 Hot Red maybe necessary to maybe necessary to work with live electrical work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

77

W540 AF Series Spring Return Actuator Technical Data ® MFT, Spring Return

Actuators: AF24-MFT US W541

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on CAUTION 5 wires; use color codes instead. Actuators with appliance Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, cables are numbered. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (Source) alert against unsafe practices. 8 or Common (Sink) 24 VAC line. Equipment damage! For triac sink the Common connection from the actuator 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically 10 must be connected to the Hot connection of the controller. mounted to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed.

APPLICATION NOTES Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection. A 500Ω resistor converts the 4 to 20 mA control signal 7 to 2 to 10 VDC. Contact closures A & B also can be triacs. A & B should 9 both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink. Position feedback cannot be used with a Triac sink controller. VDC/4-20 mA 11 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible. IN4004 or IN4007 diode. (IN4007 supplied, Belimo part WARNING 12 Live Electrical Components! number 40155) During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions PWM when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

24 VAC Transformer 2 3 5 WARNING Live Electrical Components! Line Blk (1) Common During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been Volts Red (2) + Hot 500Ω properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical Ω 1/4 watt safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. Control Signal (–) (+) 4 to 20 mA Wht (3) Y1 Input, 2 to 10V or 24 VAC Transformer (AC only) 2 2 to 10 VDC 7 Grn (5) U Output, 2 to 10V Line Blk (1) Common CCW CW 8 Volts Red (2) + Hot

Wht (3) Y Input Position (–) Grn (5) U Output Feedback VDC (+) CCW CW Floating Point

WARNING Live Electrical Components! Two Position During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions WARNING when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been 2 3 24 VAC Transformer properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. Line Blk (1) Common – Volts Red (2) Hot + 10 24 VAC/DC Transformer 2 3

A (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Wht (3) Y Input 1 Line Blk (1) Common 8 B Volts Red (2) Hot 2 to 10 VDC 9 12 Grn (5) U Output 2 to 10V a Feedback Signal (–) 11 Position Wht (3) Y Input CCW CW Direction of rotation switch Feedback VDC (+) Grn (5) U Output

CCW CCW CW CW CCW CW

A B 5 A B 5

78 W541 ® AR Series Non-Spring Return Actuator Technical Data

Actuation Specifications Common Data (see actuator section for details) Power consumption 2 W running, 0.2 W holding ARB24-3-5 Type Direct Coupled Electronic 4 W running, 1.25 W holding ARB24-MFT-5 Supply Voltages 24 VAC, ± 20% 50/60 Hz Transformer sizing 6 VA, class 2 power source 24 VDC, ± 10% Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, Available Control 2 Position 1/2” conduit fitting Signals Floating Overload protection electronic throughout rotation 2-10 VDC Angle of rotation 95° (adjustable with integral stop) 4-20 mA Direction of rotation reversible with switch MFT Position indication visual indicator Fail Modes Fail in Position Manual override push button Running time 90 sec (on/off) On-Off/Floating Control, 24 VAC/DC Power 90 sec. independent of load J ARB24-3-5 (proportional) Proportional Control, 24 VAC/DC Power Ambient temperature -22° F to 122° F [-30° C to 50° C] J ARB24-MFT-5 Housing NEMA 2/IP54 Housing material UL 94-5VA (flammability rating) Control signal 2 to 10 VDC Agency listings cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA Input impedance 100k for 2 to 10 VDC (0.1 mA) E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No.24-93, CE acc. to 500 for 4 to 20 mA 89/336/EEC 750 for PWM 1500 for on/off and floating point Noise level max. 45 dB(A) Feedback output 2 to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max Weight 2.6 lbs ON/OFF and FLOA TING POINT Torque 180 in-lbs [20 Nm] Quality standard ISO 9001 Non-Spring Return , 24v

W557 Actuators: ARB24-3-5

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have CAUTION 5 Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, numbers on wires; use color codes instead. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Actuators with appliance cables are numbered. alert against unsafe practices. Equipment damage! 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel. Power APPLICATION NOTES consumption and input impedance must be obse rved. Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection.

On/Off Floating Point

WARNING WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, se rvicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to During installation, testing, se rvicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. death or serious injury.

24 VAC Transformer 2 35 24 VAC Transformer 2 3 5

Blk (1) Common - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Line Blk (1) Common Line Volts Red (2) + Volts Red (2) +

a a open Wht (3) + Wht (3) + a closed

1 0 1 0 The indication of direction The indication of direction is valid for switch position 1. ARB24-3-5 is valid for switch position 1. ARB24-3-5

79

W557 AR Series Non-Spring Return Actuator Technical Data ®

Actuators: ARB24-MFT-5 W558

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on CAUTION 5 wires; use color codes instead. Actuators with appliance Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, cables are numbered. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (Source) alert against unsafe practices. 8 or Common (Sink) 24 VAC line. Equipment damage! For triac sink the Common connection from the actuator 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically 10 must be connected to the Hot connection of the controller. mounted to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. APPLICATION NOTES Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection. Contact closures A & B also can be triacs. A & B should 9 both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink. Position feedback cannot be used with a Triac sink controller. 11 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.

VDC/4-20 mA – MFT Two Position

2 3 5 WARNING 24 VAC Transformer WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! 2 3 Blk (1) Common 24 VAC/DC Transformer During installation, testing, Line During installation, testing, Volts servicing and troubleshooting servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot Line Blk (1) Common 500Ω of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe Ω 1/4 watt Volts Red (2) Hot to work with live electrical necessary to work with live Control Signal (–) 4 to 20 mA (+) (3) Y Input, 2 to 10V components. Have a qualified a electrical components. Have a Wht 1 (–) or licensed electrician or other Position Wht (3) Y Input qualified licensed electrician or 2 to 10 VDC 7 Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V other individual who has been individual who has been properly Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. CCW CW trained in handling live electrical Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed components perform these tasks. Failure to to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point – MFT PWM – MFT

24 VAC Transformer 2 3 WARNING WARNING 24 VAC Transformer (AC only) 2 Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! Blk (1) Common – Line During installation, testing, Line Blk (1) Common During installation, testing, 8 Volts Red (2) Hot + 10 servicing and troubleshooting Volts servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe A Wht (3) Y1 Input to work with live electrical Wht (3) Y Input necessary to work with live Position (–) 8 B components. Have a qualified electrical components. Have a Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output Pnk (4) Y2 Input licensed electrician or other qualified licensed electrician or 9 2 to 10 VDC individual who has been properly other individual who has been Org (5) U Output 2 to 10V Feedback Signal trained in handling live electrical properly trained in handling live 11 components perform these tasks. electrical components perform these Direction of rotation switch Failure to follow all electrical safety tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety CCW CCW precautions when exposed to live precautions when exposed to live electrical CW CW electrical components could components could result in death or serious injury. A B 5 A B 5 result in death or serious injury. (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

12

80 W558 ® GR Series Non-Spring Return Technical Data

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Common Data Type Direct Coupled Electronic Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz 24 VDC ± 10% Supply Voltages 24 VAC, ± 20% 50/60 Hz Power consumption 4.5 W, 2 W holding 24 VDC, ± 10% Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, Available Control 2 Position 1/2” conduit connector Signals Floating Overload protection Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 2-10 VDC 4-20 mA Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° MFT Position indication 0 to 1 and reversible indicator Fail Modes Fail in Position Running time 90 sec. GRX24-MFT-5 150 sec. GRB24-3-5 ± 5% On-Off/Floating Control, 24 VAC/DC Power independent of load J GRB24-3-5 Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing Transformer sizing 7 VA (class 2 power source) Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Direction of rotation reversible with switch A/B Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C] Weight 4.0 lbs (1.8 kg.) Housing NEMA 2/IP54 Torque 360 in-lbs [40 Nm] Housing material UL94-5VA (flammability rating) Proportional Control, 24 VAC/DC Power Agency listings cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No.24-93, CE acc. to J GRX24-MFT-5 89/336/EEC Control signal 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (with 500, 1/4 W resistor) ZG-R01 Noise level max. 45 dB (A) Input impedance 100 k for 2 to 10VDC (0.1 mA), Servicing maintenance free 500 for 4 to 20 mA Quality standard ISO 9001 750 for PWM ON/OFF and FLOATING1500 POINT for on/off and floating point FeedbackNon-Spring Return,2 24v to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max Torque 360 in-lbs [40 Nm]

Actuators: GRB24-3-5 W559

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have CAUTION 5 Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, numbers on wires; use color codes instead. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Actuators with appliance cables are numbered. alert against unsafe practices. Equipment damage! 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel. Power APPLICATION NOTES consumption and input impedance must be observed. Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection.

On/Off Floating Point

WARNING WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. death or serious injury.

24 VAC Transformer 2 35 24 VAC Transformer 2 3 5

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Blk (1) Common Line Blk (1) Common Line Volts Red (2) + Volts Red (2) +

a a open Wht (3) + Wht (3) + a closed

1 0 1 0 The indication of direction The indication of direction GRB24-3-5 is valid for switch position 1. GRB24-3-5 is valid for switch position 1.

81

W559 GR Series Non-Spring Return Technical Data ®

Actuators: GRX24-MFT-5 W560

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on CAUTION 5 wires; use color codes instead. Actuators with appliance Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, cables are numbered. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (Source) alert against unsafe practices. 8 or Common (Sink) 24 VAC line. Equipment damage! For triac sink the Common connection from the actuator 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically 10 must be connected to the Hot connection of the controller. mounted to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. APPLICATION NOTES Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection. Contact closures A & B also can be triacs. A & B should 9 both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink. Position feedback cannot be used with a Triac sink controller. 11 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.

VDC/4-20 mA – MFT Two Position

2 3 5 WARNING 24 VAC Transformer WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! 2 3 Blk (1) Common 24 VAC/DC Transformer During installation, testing, Line During installation, testing, Volts servicing and troubleshooting servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot Line Blk (1) Common 500Ω of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe Ω 1/4 watt Volts Red (2) Hot to work with live electrical necessary to work with live Control Signal (–) 4 to 20 mA (+) components. Have a qualified a electrical components. Have a Wht (3) Y1 Input, 2 to 10V (–) or licensed electrician or other Position Wht (3) Y Input qualified licensed electrician or 2 to 10 VDC 7 Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V other individual who has been individual who has been properly Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. CCW CW trained in handling live electrical Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed components perform these tasks. Failure to to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point – MFT PWM – MFT

24 VAC Transformer 2 3 WARNING WARNING 24 VAC Transformer (AC only) 2 Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! Blk (1) Common – Line During installation, testing, Line Blk (1) Common During installation, testing, 8 Volts Red (2) Hot + 10 servicing and troubleshooting Volts servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe A Wht (3) Y1 Input to work with live electrical Wht (3) Y Input necessary to work with live Position (–) 8 B components. Have a qualified electrical components. Have a Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output Pnk (4) Y2 Input licensed electrician or other qualified licensed electrician or 9 2 to 10 VDC individual who has been properly other individual who has been Org (5) U Output 2 to 10V Feedback Signal trained in handling live electrical properly trained in handling live 11 components perform these tasks. electrical components perform these Direction of rotation switch Failure to follow all electrical safety tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety CCW CCW precautions when exposed to live precautions when exposed to live electrical CW CW electrical components could components could result in death or serious injury. A B 5 A B 5 result in death or serious injury. (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

12

82 W560 ® GR Series Non-Spring Return Technical Data

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Common Data Type Direct Coupled Electronic Transformer sizing 7 VA (class 2 power source) Supply Voltages 24 VAC, ± 20% 50/60 Hz Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz 24 VDC ± 10% 24 VDC, ± 10% Power consumption 4.5 W running, 2 W holding Available Control 2 Position Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, Signals Floating 1/2” conduit connector 2-10 VDC Overload protection Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 4-20 mA MFT Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° Fail Modes Fail in Position Position indication 0 to 1 and reversible indicator Running time 90 sec GRX24-MFT-7 On-Off/Floating Control, 24 VAC/DC Power 150 sec. GRB24-3-7 ± 5%, independent of J GRB24-3-7 load Direction of rotation reversible with switch A/B Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing Weight 4.0 lbs (1.8 kg.) Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] Torque 360 in-lbs [40 Nm] Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C] Housing NEMA 2/IP54 Proportional Control, 24 VAC/DC Power J GRX24-MFT-7 Housing material UL94-5VA (flammability rating) Control signal 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (with 500, 1/4 W Agency listings cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA resistor) ZG-R01 E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No.24-93, CE acc. to Input impedance 100 k for 2 to 10VDC (0.1 mA), 89/336/EEC 500 for 4 to 20 mA Noise level max. 45 dB (A) 750 for PWM Servicing maintenance free 1500 for on/off and floating point FeedbackON/OFF and FLOA TING2 to 10 POINT VDC, 0.5 mA max Quality standard ISO 9001 WeightNon-Spring Return , 4.024v lbs (1.8 kg.) Torque 360 in-lbs [40 Nm]

Actuators: GRB24-3-7 W562

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have CAUTION 5 Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, numbers on wires; use color codes instead. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Actuators with appliance cables are numbered. alert against unsafe practices. Equipment damage! 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel. Power APPLICATION NOTES consumption and input impedance must be obse rved. Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection.

On/Off Floating Point

WARNING WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, se rvicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to During installation, testing, se rvicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. death or serious injury.

24 VAC Transformer 2 35 24 VAC Transformer 2 3 5

Blk (1) Common Blk (1) Common - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Line Line Volts Red (2) + Volts Red (2) +

a a open Wht (3) + Wht (3) + a closed

1 0 1 0 The indication of direction The indication of direction GRB24-3-7 is valid for switch position 1. GRB24-3-7 is valid for switch position 1.

83

W562 GR Series Non-Spring Return Technical Data ®

Actuators: GRX24-MFT-7 W561

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on CAUTION 5 wires; use color codes instead. Actuators with appliance Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, cables are numbered. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (Source) alert against unsafe practices. 8 or Common (Sink) 24 VAC line. Equipment damage! For triac sink the Common connection from the actuator 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically 10 must be connected to the Hot connection of the controller. mounted to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. APPLICATION NOTES Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection. Contact closures A & B also can be triacs. A & B should 9 both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink. Position feedback cannot be used with a Triac sink controller. 11 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.

VDC/4-20 mA – MFT Two Position

2 3 5 WARNING 24 VAC Transformer WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! 24 VAC/DC Transformer 2 3 Blk (1) Common During installation, testing, Line During installation, testing, Volts servicing and troubleshooting servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot Line Blk (1) Common 500Ω of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe Ω 1/4 watt Volts Red (2) Hot to work with live electrical necessary to work with live Control Signal (–) 4 to 20 mA (+) components. Have a qualified a electrical components. Have a Wht (3) Y1 Input, 2 to 10V (–) or licensed electrician or other Position Wht (3) Y Input qualified licensed electrician or 2 to 10 VDC 7 Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V other individual who has been individual who has been properly Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. CCW CW trained in handling live electrical Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed components perform these tasks. Failure to to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point – MFT PWM – MFT

24 VAC Transformer 2 3 WARNING WARNING 24 VAC Transformer (AC only) 2 Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! Blk (1) Common – Line During installation, testing, Line Blk (1) Common During installation, testing, 8 Volts Red (2) Hot + 10 servicing and troubleshooting Volts servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe A Wht (3) Y1 Input to work with live electrical Wht (3) Y Input necessary to work with live Position (–) 8 B components. Have a qualified electrical components. Have a Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output Pnk (4) Y2 Input licensed electrician or other qualified licensed electrician or 9 2 to 10 VDC individual who has been properly other individual who has been Org (5) U Output 2 to 10V Feedback Signal trained in handling live electrical properly trained in handling live 11 components perform these tasks. electrical components perform these Direction of rotation switch Failure to follow all electrical safety tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety CCW CCW precautions when exposed to live precautions when exposed to live electrical CW CW electrical components could A B 5 A B 5 components could result in death or serious injury. (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols result in death or serious injury.

12

84 W561 ® GM Series Non-Spring Return Technical Data

Actuation Specifications (see actuator section for details) Common Data Type Direct Coupled Electronic Power supply 24 VAC ± 20% 50/60 Hz 24 VDC ± 10% Supply Voltages 24 VAC, ± 20% 50/60 Hz Power consumption 4.5 W, 2 W holding 24 VDC, ± 10% Electrical connection 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, Available Control 2 Position 1/2” conduit connector Signals Floating Overload protection Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotation 2-10 VDC Angle of rotation mechanically limited to 95° 4-20 mA MFT Position indication 0 to 1 and reversible indicator Fail Modes Fail in Position Running time 150 sec. ± 5%, independent of load Humidity 5 to 95% RH non-condensing On-Off/Floating Control, 24 VAC/DC Power Ambient temperature -22°F to +122°F [-30°C to +50°C] J GMB24-3X1 Transformer sizing 7 VA (class 2 power source) Storage temperature -40°F to +176°F [-40°C to +80°C] Direction of rotation reversible with switch A/B Housing NEMA 2/IP54 Weight 4.0 lbs (1.8 kg.) Housing material UL94-5VA (flammability rating) Torque 360 in-lbs [40 Nm] Agency listings cULus acc. to UL60730-1A/-2-14, CAN/CSA E60730-1, CSA C22.2 No.24-93, CE acc. to Proportional Control, 24 VAC/DC Power 89/336/EEC J GMX24-MFTX1 Noise level max. 45 dB (A) Control signal 2 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA (with 500, 1/4 W Servicing maintenance free resistor) ZG-R01 Quality standard ISO 9001 Input impedance 100 k for 2 to 10VDC (0.1 mA), 500 for 4 to 20 mA 750 for PWM ON/OFF and FLOA TING1500 POINT for on/off and floating point FeedbackNon-Spring Return , 224v to 10 VDC, 0.5 mA max Weight 4.0 lbs (1.8 kg.) Torque 360 in-lbs [40 Nm]

Actuators: GMB24-3X1 W544

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have CAUTION 5 Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, numbers on wires; use color codes instead. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Actuators with appliance cables are numbered. alert against unsafe practices. Equipment damage! 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel. Power APPLICATION NOTES consumption and input impedance must be obse rved. Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection.

On/Off Floating Point

WARNING WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, se rvicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to During installation, testing, se rvicing and troubleshooting of this product, it maybe necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. death or serious injury.

24 VAC Transformer 2 35 24 VAC Transformer 2 3 5

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols Blk (1) Common Line Blk (1) Common Line Volts Red (2) + Volts Red (2) +

a a open Wht (3) + Wht (3) + a closed

1 0 1 0 The indication of direction The indication of direction GMB24-3X1 is valid for switch position 1. is valid for switch position 1. GMB24-3X1

85

W544 GM Series Non-Spring Return Technical Data ®

Actuators: GMX24-MFT-7 W545

Hazard Identification INSTALLATION NOTES Warnings and Cautions appear at appropriate sections throughout this manual. Read these carefully. 3 Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC. Actuators with plenum rated cable do not have numbers on CAUTION 5 wires; use color codes instead. Actuators with appliance Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, cables are numbered. may result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to Control signal may be pulsed from either the Hot (Source) alert against unsafe practices. 8 or Common (Sink) 24 VAC line. Equipment damage! For triac sink the Common connection from the actuator 2 Actuators may be connected in parallel if not mechanically 10 must be connected to the Hot connection of the controller. mounted to the same shaft. Power consumption and input impedance must be observed. APPLICATION NOTES Meets cULus or UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electrical ground connection. Contact closures A & B also can be triacs. A & B should 9 both be closed for triac source and open for triac sink. Position feedback cannot be used with a Triac sink controller. 11 The actuator internal common reference is not compatible.

VDC/4-20 mA – MFT Two Position

2 3 5 WARNING 24 VAC Transformer WARNING Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! 2 3 Blk (1) Common 24 VAC/DC Transformer During installation, testing, Line During installation, testing, Volts servicing and troubleshooting servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot Line Blk (1) Common 500Ω of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe Ω 1/4 watt Volts Red (2) Hot to work with live electrical necessary to work with live Control Signal (–) 4 to 20 mA (+) (3) Y Input, 2 to 10V components. Have a qualified a electrical components. Have a Wht 1 (–) or licensed electrician or other Position Wht (3) Y Input qualified licensed electrician or 2 to 10 VDC 7 Org (5) U Output, 2 to 10V other individual who has been individual who has been properly Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. CCW CW trained in handling live electrical Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed components perform these tasks. Failure to to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury.

Floating Point – MFT PWM – MFT

24 VAC Transformer 2 3 WARNING WARNING 24 VAC Transformer (AC only) 2 Live Electrical Components! Live Electrical Components! Blk (1) Common – Line During installation, testing, Line Blk (1) Common During installation, testing, 8 Volts Red (2) Hot + 10 servicing and troubleshooting Volts servicing and troubleshooting Red (2) + Hot of this product, it maybe necessary of this product, it maybe A Wht (3) Y1 Input to work with live electrical Wht (3) Y Input necessary to work with live Position (–) 8 B components. Have a qualified electrical components. Have a Feedback VDC (+) Org (5) U Output Pnk (4) Y2 Input licensed electrician or other qualified licensed electrician or 9 2 to 10 VDC individual who has been properly other individual who has been Org (5) U Output 2 to 10V Feedback Signal trained in handling live electrical properly trained in handling live 11 components perform these tasks. electrical components perform these Direction of rotation switch Failure to follow all electrical safety tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety CCW CCW precautions when exposed to live precautions when exposed to live electrical CW CW electrical components could 5 5 components could result in death or serious injury. A B A B (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols result in death or serious injury.

12

86 W545 ® Installation Recommendations F6…, F7… Series Butterfly Valves

HS (U) Series Butterfly Valves:

Storage of BF Valve assemblies G Make sure the flange faces are clean and free of rust, G Assemblies must be stored indoors, protected from scale and debris to prevent damage to the liner face. the elements. G Do NOT use flange gaskets on HS (U) series G Materials received on jobsites that have long installation BF valves. lead times should receive extra protection from G Follow the recommended flange bolting sequence construction damage. and bolt tightening torques found in the “Installation G Resilient seats must be protected from abrasion, cutting Recommendations” section of this guide. and nicking, as this will damage the liner and may cause G When installing in Victaulic piping systems, use flange area leaks. Victaulic 41 series flange nipples. G Electric actuators cannot be stored in wet, damp or caustic areas. Installation using welded flanges: G Do not store construction material on top of valve G Mount flanges on both sides of valve body and install assemblies. bolts to properly align valve body and both flanges. G Make sure the valve liner and flange internal Installation Practices: diameters are in alignment. G HS (U) series butterfly valves are designed to be installed G Take valve body / flange pair assembly and align between ANSI 125/150 flat-faced, raised face, slip-on with piping ends. or weld neck flanges. G TACK weld the flanges to the piping in several places. G Valve should be installed a minimum of 10 pipe diameters Do NOT seam weld at this time! from upstream or downstream elbows, strainers, G Remove the lug bolts and carefully remove the valve pumps, etc. body from the flanges. G For chilled water, condenser water or hot water G Seam weld the entire flange / piping connection for applications, the valve should be installed with the stem both flanges. in a vertical orientation, with the actuator mounted above G Let the piping components cool completely before re- the valve. inserting the valve body. G For applications in which there is a possibility of sediment G Warning! Seam welding with the valve body installed in the flow, the valve should be installed with the stem in between the flanges can damage the liner due to heat a horizontal position and the bottom of the disc should migration through the flange to the valve body. close FROM the downstream side, rather than from the upstream side.

Flange Bolting Recommendations Lug Valves, 2”-30”, ANSI 125/150 Bolt Pattern Valve Thread Number Bolt Length Size Size Required Semi-Lug B’fly (in.) 2” 5/8-11 4 1.250 2-1/2” 5/8-11 4 1.500 3” 5/8-11 4 1.500 4” 5/8-11 8 1.750 5” 3/4-10 8 1.750 6” 3/4-10 8 2.000 8” 3/4-10 8 2.250 10” 7/8-9 12 2.250 12” 7/8-9 12 2.500 14” 1-8 12 2.750 16” 1-8 16 2.750

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols 18” 1 1/8-7 16 3.500 20” 1 1/8-7 20 4.250 24” 1 1/4-7 20 4.750 30” 1 1/4-7 24 4.500 Bolting and torque recommendations are made without a warrant, and applies only to steel weld-neck or slip-on flanges. The use of lock washers and/or lubrication with the bolting will affect stated torque values. Refer to figure 3 for proper tightening procedures. Observe clearance dimension between valve body and flange face.

87 Installation Recommendations ® F6…, F7… Series Butterfly Valves

Flange Bolting Recommendations Flange Detail for Ansi B16.5 Pipe Flanges

Flanges Drilling Bolting

ABCD Nominal Flange Flange Diameter of Diameter of Number Diameter Pipe Size Diameter Thickness Bolt Circle Bolt Holes of Bolts of Bolts

2” 6” 3/4” 4-3/4” 2-1/2” 7” 7/8” 5-1/2” 4 3” 7-1/2” 6” 3/4” 5/8” 4” 9” 15/16” 7-1/2” 5” 10” 8-1/2” 8 6” 11” 1” 9-1/2” 7/8” 3/4” 8” 13-1/2” 1-1/8” 11-3/4” 10” 16” 1-3/16” 14-1/4” 12” 19” 1-1/4” 17” 1” 12 7/8” 14” 21” 1-3/8” 18-3/4” 16” 23-1/2” 1-7/16” 21-1/4” 1-1/8” 1” 18” 25” 1-5/8” 22-3/4” 16 20” 27-1/2” 1-11/16” 25” 1-1/4” 1-1/8” 24” 32” 1-7/8 29-1/2” 1-3/8”20 1-1/4”

8. Follow ASME flange alignment standards: Section 335.1.1 Alignment a) Piping Distortions: Any distortion of piping to bring into alignment for joint assembly which introduces a detrimental strain in equip- ment or piping components is prohibited. b) Flange Joints: Before bolting up, flange faces shall be aligned to the design plane within 1/16”/ft measured across any diameter; flange bolt holes shall be aligned within 1/8” maximum off- Pre-Installation Procedure set. 1. Remove any protective flange covers from the valve. 9. When observed during assembly, the flange faces shall be 2. Inspect the valve to be certain the waterway is free from dirt parallel within 1 degree, and the force required to align pipe and foreign matter. Be certain the adjoining pipeline is free axes shall not exceed 10 lb/ft per inch of NF bolts and nuts from any foreign material such as rust and pipe scale or weld- shall be fully engaged. ing slag that could damage the seat and disc sealing surfaces. 3. Any actuator should be mounted on the valve prior to installa- Valve Installation Procedure tion to facilitate proper alignment of the disc in the valve seat. Position the connecting pipe flanges in the line to insure proper 4. Check the valve identification tag for materials, and operating alignment prior to valve installation. Spread the pipe flanges pressure to be sure they are correct for the application. apart enough to allow the valve body to be located between the flanges without actually contacting the flange surfaces (See WARNING! Personal injury or property damage may result Figure 1). Exercise particular care in handling the valve so as to if the valve is installed where service condi- prevent possible damage to the disc or seat faces. tions could exceed the valve ratings. 1. For Lug style valves: 5. Check the flange bolts or studs for proper size, threading, and a. Place the valve between the flanges. length. b. Install all bolts between the valve and the mating flanges. 6. These valves are designed to be installed between ANSI Hand tighten bolts as necessary. Class 125/150 flanges. 2. Before completing the tightening of any bolts, the valve should 7. Carefully follow installation using welded flanges: on page 30 be centered between the flanges and then carefully opened - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols of this document. and closed to insure free, unobstructed disc movement (see Figure 2).

88 ® Installation Recommendations F6HS(U)…, F7HS(U)… Series Butterfly Valves

3. Using the sequence shown in Figure 3, tighten the flange bolts Note: Actuator must evenly to assure uniform compression. In assembling flange be mounted at or joints, the resilient seating surface shall be uniformly com- above pipe centerline pressed to the proper minimum dimension as shown in the for all actuator types. detail drawing below. 4. If an actuator is to be used, air hoses or electricity should be connected to the unit as specified by the actuator manufacturer. PREFERRED 10∞ 5. Cycle the valve to the fully open position, then back to the fully 90∞ closed position, checking the actuator travel stop settings for proper disc alignment. The valve should be operated to assure that no binding is taking place. 90∞ 6. The valve is now ready for operation. ACCEPTABLE

Remember: Install the valve with the disc in the “ALMOST DANGER CLOSED” position. Do not use any flange gaskets.

Valve Body

ANSI Flange

Valve Disc EPDM Liner (Almost closed during assembly)

EPDM Liner Valve Body Distance between valve body raised face and ANSI flange should be between 0.025" and 0.050" at all points (thickness of credit card) when flange bolts are Do NOT tighten the ANSI flange against raised properly tighten face of valve body as this will deform the EPDM liner due to over compression. Maintain Raised Face proper clearance on both sides of valve body ANSI Flange and at all bolting locations around valve body.

Correct Incorrect Disc positioned in the almost Disc opened beyond valve closed position. Pipe flange body face. Pipe flanges not spread allows sufficient room spread sufficiently.

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols for valve.

Figure 1—Initial Installation of Valve

89 Installation Recommendations ® F6HS(U)…, F7HS(U)… Series Butterfly Valves

Incorrect Correct Disc in closed position. Gasket No flange gaskets used. Gaskets installed between Disc in the “almost closed” valve and mating flanges. position.

Figure 2—Centering and Flanging of Valve

1 13 15 1 13 1 1 5 5 15 5 5 1 1 5 5 12 12 9 9 8 8 9 9 1 1 3 8 3 8 3 3 8 8 3 12 12 1 13 3 1 5 3 15 5 3 1 5 1 13 142 1 5 9 84 15 1 153 11 4 4 4 7 4 1 5 7 7 4 15 9 5 11 4 2 2 1 5 7 12 9 1 3 8 1 3 5 8 12 810 9 10 10 311 119 12 108 3 7 97 1 3 8 6 6 2 23 1 3 8 3 8 6 6 2 3 12 6 16 163 4 8 2 3 4 12 614 2 11 3 4 2 4 7 7 14 2 4 7 4 11 4 2 4 7 10 4 11 10 4 7 11 4 2 6 4 2 7 7 10 6 2 11 106 16 7 6 2 10 11 1014 7 6 2 6 2 6 2 16 6 2 164 2 16 14 2 Figure 3—Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence

Incorrect Correct Pipe Flanges mis-aligned. Piping aligned. Thread Uneven torque applied to engagement even on both bolting. sides of valve.

Figure 4—Final Valve Alignment and Tightening of Flange Bolts

Maintenance Instructions

Safety Precautions General Maintenance Before removing the valve from the line or loosening any The following periodic preventative maintenance practices are bolts, it is important to verify the following conditions: recommended for all Butterfly Valves. 1. Operate the valve from full open to full closed to assure 1. Be sure the line is depressurized and drained. operability. 2. Be sure of the pipeline media. Proper care should be taken 2. Check flange bolting, actuator mounts and hangers for (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols for protection against toxic and/or flammable fluids. evidence of loosening and correct as needed. 3. Never remove the valve without an Operator (Manual or 3. Inspect the valve and surrounding area for previous or Automatic) already attached to the valve shaft. existing leakage at flange faces or shaft connections. 4. Never remove the Operator from the valve while the valve 4. Check piping and/or wiring to actuators and related is in the pipeline under pressure. equipment for looseness and correct as needed. 5. Always be sure that the disc is cracked approximately 5° off of the closed position before removing the valve.

90 ® Installation Recommendations SHP Series Butterfly Valves

Valve Design Pipe Schedule Compatibility 1. The SHP Series High Performance Butterfly Valve features The SHP valve is designed to allow the disc edge to rotate into a double offset (or, double eccentric) shaft design to mini- the open position without interference with the pipeline I.D. in mize seat abrasion and lower torque. This double offset the following pipe schedules: design allows the disc to lift off and “cam” away from the seat as it rotates open. SIZE ANSI 150 ANSI 300 2. The SHP valve always rotates clockwise to close (when 2” - 12” SCH 80 SCH 80 viewed from above) and counterclockwise to open. 3. The valve body has an Overtravel Stop which prevents 14” - 24” SCH 40 SCH 80 the disc from over rotating into the wrong quadrant. This 30” SCH 30 SCH 80 stop is not to be used as a disc position stop; if the disc 36” - 42” STD WT contacts the Overtravel Stop, this means it has rotated 48” XS beyond the seat. 4. The SHP valve is bi-directional, but the preferred installa- tion position is with the seat in the upstream position Product Identification (SUS). Note the arrow on the metal tag attached to 1. Every SHP valve has a metal identification tag attached to the valve body. the valve body. Information includes the Figure Number, the Size and Pressure Class, the Materials of Construction, and the Operating Pressures and Temperatures. Safety Precautions 2. Every SHP valve is hydrostatically tested before it is shipped. 1. Be sure the line is depressurized and drained. The metal tag also includes a Serial Number; this number, 2. Be sure of the pipeline media. Proper care should be unique for each valve, is recorded by the Belimo Quality taken for protection against toxic and/or flammable fluids. Control Department along with the test results and material 3. Never install the valve without an Operator (Manual or certification data, for individual traceability and verification of Automatic) already attached to the valve shaft. every valve produced. 4. Never remove the Operator from the valve while the valve is in the pipeline under pressure. 5. Always be sure that the disc is in the full-closed position SHP series valves before installing the valve. have a preferred 6. Take care in handling the valve; if you treat it like a flow direction. machine, it will operate like a machine…if you treat it like a piece of pipe, it may work like a piece of pipe.

Flange Compatibility The SHP valve is designed to fit between flanges as follows: ANSI Class 150 2” to 24” MSS SP-44 Class 150 30” to 48” ANSI B16.47 Class 150 A Flanges ANSI Class 300 2” to 24” UNPACKING AND STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS MSS SP-44 Class 300 30” 1. Check the packing list against the valve received to verify ANSI B16.47 Class 200 A Flanges that the quantities, sizes and materials are correct. 2. Check to make sure that the valve and operator were not damaged during shipment. Gasket Compatibility 3. If the valve is to be stored before being installed, it should be The SHP valve is designed to accommodate the use of protected from harsh environmental conditions. standard fiber gaskets (such as non-asbestos, flexible graphite, asbestos or equivalent gasket materials) of 4. Store the valve with the disc in the closed position to protect 1/16” or less, meeting the dimensional requirements of ANSI the sealing edge and the seat. B16.21-1978. Thick elastomeric gaskets are not 5. Keep the valve in a clean location, away from dirt, debris and recommended. Metallic wound (Flexitallic) gaskets may also corrosive materials. be used. 6. Keep the valve in a dry area with the flange protectors attached. 7. Keep the valve in a cool location if possible, out of direct sunlight. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

91 Installation Recommendations ® SHP Series Butterfly Valves

SHP Series Butterfly Valves: Installation using welded flanges: G Mount flanges on both sides of valve body and install Storage of BF Valve assemblies bolts to properly align valve body and both flanges. G Assemblies must be stored indoors, protected from the elements. G Make sure the valve I.D. and flange internal G Materials received on jobsites that have long installation lead diameters are in alignment. times should receive extra protection from construction damage. G Take valve body / flange pair assembly and align G Valve faces must be protected from abrasion, cutting and nicking, with piping ends. as this will damage the face and may cause flange area leaks. G TACK weld the flanges to the piping in several places. G Electric actuators cannot be stored in wet, damp or caustic areas. Do NOT seam weld at this time! G Do not store construction material on top of valve assemblies. G Remove the lug bolts and carefully remove the valve body from the flanges. G Installation Practices: Seam weld the entire flange / piping connection for both flanges. G SHP series butterfly valves are designed to be installed between G ANSI 125/150 flat-faced or raised face, slip-on weld neck flanges. Let the piping components cool completely before re- inserting the valve body. G Valve should be installed a minimum of 6 pipe diameters from G upstream or downstream elbows, strainers, pumps, etc. Warning! Seam welding with the valve body installed between the flanges can damage the valve seats due to G For chilled water, condenser water or hot water applications, the heat migration through the flange to the valve body. valve should be installed with the stem in a vertical orientation, with the actuator mounted above the valve. G For applications in which there is a possibility of sediment in the flow, the valve should be installed with the stem in a horizontal position and the bottom of the disc should close FROM the downstream side, rather than from the upstream side. G Flange gaskets must be used on SHP series BF valves. G Make sure the flange faces are clean and free of rust, scale and debris to prevent damage to the flange gasket. G Follow the recommended flange bolting sequence and bolt tighten- ing torques found in the “Installation Recommendations” section of this guide.

Butterfly Sizing and Selection Notes:

Consult chart on pg 64 (Flow in Standard Weight Pipe-Fluid Velocity 1) Most Butterflies are line size and piping geometry is not consid- in GPM). ered. If valve size must be reduced, a recommendation is to select a valve only one size less than the pipe. (Do not exceed For SHP Series Butterfly Valves, the 32 ft/second column is applied. velocity limit) For example: Application requires a 2-way, 600 GPM Butterfly valve, a valve of 3” minimum would be selected. The 3” valve at 32 ft/second would 2) For a modulating Butterfly valve, the Cv rating is determined at be able to withstand a capacity of 705 GPM, without damage to the seat. 60° open. For a 2-position Butterfly valve, the Cv is determined at 90° open.

3) Determine the size of actuation for your application using the selection charts on pages 44-47.

Consult Belimo Customer Service for applications involving steam, high velocity requirements, etc. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

92 ® Installation Recommendations SHP Series Butterfly Valves

Pre-Installation Procedure Note: Actuator must be mounted at or above pipe centerline for all actuator types. 1. Remove the protective face covers from the valve. 2. Inspect the valve to be certain the waterway is free from dirt and foreign matter. Be certain the adjoining pipeline Valve Installation Procedure is free from any foreign material such as rust and pipe scale or welding slag that could damage the seat and The SHP High Performance Butterfly Valve can be installed disc sealing surfaces. in the pipeline with the shaft in the vertical, horizontal, or other intermediate position. Based on applications experience, how- 3. Actuators should be mounted on the valve prior to ever, in media with concentrations of solid or abrasive particles installation to facilitate proper alignment of the disc in or media subject to solidification buildup, valve performance and the valve seat. service life will be enhanced by mounting the valve with the shaft in the horizontal position. 4. The valve should be in the closed position. Make sure the open and closed positions of the actuator correspond All SHP valves are bi-directional and can be mounted in the to the counter-clockwise to open direction of rotation of pipeline in either flow direction; however, the preferred flow the valve. direction for all seat styles and materials is with the seat retainer ring located upstream (sus) to provide maximum seat protec- 5. Cycle the valve to the fully open position, then back to the tion. fully closed position, checking the actuator travel stop settings for proper disc alignment. 6. Check the valve identification tag for valve class, materi- G For SHP Series valves: als, and operating pressure to be sure they are correct for a. Noting the flow direction arrow on the tag, place the valve the application. between the flanges, making sure the arrow on the tag points in the direction of the flow.

WARNING! Personal injury or property damage may result if b. Install the lower flange bolts loosely, leaving space for the the valve is installed where service conditions flange gaskets. could exceed the valve ratings. c. After inserting the flange gaskets, install the remaining bolts.

7. Check the flange bolts or studs for proper size, threading, 3. Using the sequence shown in Figure 3, tighten the flange and length. bolts evenly to assure uniform gasket compression. Caution: The SHP valve should be centered between the flanges and gaskets to prevent damage to the disc Remember: Install the valve with the disc in the full- edge and shaft as a result of the disc striking the closed position using the appropriate flange gaskets on flange, gasket, or pipe. BOTH valve flange faces. 4. Electricity should be connected to the unit as specified by the actuator manufacturer. 5. The valve is now ready for operation.

PREFERRED 10∞ 90∞

90∞

ACCEPTABLE

DANGER - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

Note: Actuator must be mounted at or above pipe centerline for all actuator types.

93 Installation Recommendations ® SHP Series Butterfly Valves

Flange Bolting Recommendations Lug Valves, 2”-30”, ANSI 125/150 Bolt Pattern (Refer to Fig. 78B) Lug Valves Studs & Nuts Machine Bolts Valve Thread Qty Length Qty Length Qty Length Qty Length Size Size C C D D F F G G 2” 5/8-11 4 2.50 4 2.50 4 1.63 4 1.63 2-1/2” 5/8-11 4 2.75 4 2.75 4 1.85 4 1.85 3” 5/8-11 4 3.25 4 2.50 4 2.25 4 1.63 4” 5/8-11 8 3.00 8 2.75 8 2.12 8 1.88 5” 3/4-10 8 3.00 8 3.00 8 2.00 8 2.00 6” 3/4-10 8 3.50 8 3.00 8 2.50 8 1.88 8” 3/4-10 8 3.75 8 3.25 8 2.70 8 2.13 10” 7/8-9 12 4.25 12 3.50 12 3.00 12 2.25 12” 7/8-9 12 4.75 12 3.50 12 3.45 12 2.35 14” 1-8 12 5.00 12 4.00 12 3.75 12 2.70 16” 1-8 16 5.50 16 4.25 16 4.12 16 2.75 18” 1-1/8-8 16 5.75 16 4.75 16 4.38 16 3.25 1-1/8-8 16 6.75 16 4.75 16 5.12 16 3.25 20” 1-1/8-8 4** 5.50 4** 4.75 4* 4.12 4** 3.25 24” 1-1/4-8 20 7.25 20 5.75 20 5.63 20 4.25 1-1/4-8 24 7.75 24 7.75 24 6.25 24 6.25 30” 1-1/4-8 4** 6.50 4** 6.25 4* 5.00 4** 4.63 Bolting and torque recommendations are made without warranty, and apply only to steel weld-neck or slip-on flanges. The use of lock washers and/or lubrication with the bolting will affect stated torque values. Length of machine bolts based on: 1. Gasket thickness of 0.06 inches. 2. Minimum flange thickness of weld neck flanges per ANSI B16.5 and B16.47 Series A. * Variation to specified bolting length may result in improper installation. Every effort is made to provide accurate information, but no liability for claims arising from erroneous data will be accepted by Belimo.

Flange Bolting Recommendations Flange Detail for Ansi 150 B16.5 Pipe Flanges 150 SHP Series BF Valves (Refer to Fig. 78A) Flanges Drilling Bolting A B C D Nominal Flange Flange Diameter of Diameter of Number Diameter Pipe Size Diameter Thickness Bolt Circle Bolt Holes of Bolts of Bolts 2” 6” 3/4” 4-3/4” 2-1/2” 7” 7/8” 5-1/2” 4 3” 7-1/2” 6” 3/4” 5/8” 4” 9” 15/16” 7-1/2” 5” 10” 8-1/2” 8 6” 11” 1” 9-1/2” 7/8” 3/4” 8” 13-1/2” 1-1/8” 11-3/4” 10” 16” 1-3/16” 14-1/4” 12” 19” 1-1/4” 17” 1” 12 7/8” 14” 21” 1-3/8” 18-3/4” 16” 23-1/2” 1-7/16” 21-1/4” 1-1/8” 1” 18” 25” 1-5/8” 22-3/4” 16 20” 27-1/2” 1-11/16” 25” 1-1/4” 1-1/8” 24” 32” 1-7/8 29-1/2” 1-3/8” 20 1-1/4”

LUG BODY LUG BODY HEX HEAD MACHINE BOLTS STUDS and NUTS - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

Fig. 78A Fig. 78B 94 ® Installation Recommendations SHP Series Butterfly Valves

Flange Bolting Recommendations 300 SHP Series (Refer to Fig. 78B) Lug Valves Bolt Engagement in Valve* Studs & Nuts Machine Bolts Valve Thread Qty Length Qty Length Qty Length Qty Length Qty Length Qty Length Size Size A A B B C C D D F F G G 2” 5/8-11 8 .940 8 .570 8 2.25 8 2.62 8 1.50 8 2.00 2-1/2” 5/8-11 8 .970 8 .670 8 2.75 8 3.00 8 1.75 8 2.00 3” 3/4-10 8 1.034 8 .826 8 3.00 8 3.00 8 2.12 8 2.00 4” 3/4-10 8 1.196 8 .870 8 3.50 8 3.25 8 2.50 8 2.00 5” 3/4-10 8 1.220 8 .790 8 5.25 8 3.62 8 2.25 8 2.75 6” 3/4-10 12 1.301 12 .929 12 3.75 12 3.50 12 2.75 12 2.25 8” 7/8-9 12 1.702 12 1.128 12 4.50 12 4.00 12 3.25 12 2.75 1-8 16 1.867 16 1.300 16 5.00 16 4.50 16 3.25 16 3.12 10” 1-8———————————— 1-1/8-8 16 2.057 16 1.475 16 5.50 16 5.00 16 4.00 16 3.38 12” 1-1/8-8 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1-1/8-8 16 2.442 16 2.118 16 6.00 16 5.75 16 4.62 16 4.25 14” 1-1/8-8 4** 1.608 4** 1.267 4** 5.25 4** 4.75 4** 3.75 4** 3.44 1-1/4-8 16 2.562 16 2.628 16 6.50 16 6.50 16 4.88 16 4.88 16” 1-1/4-8 4** 1.538 4** 1.588 4** 5.25 4** 5.25 4** 3.88 4** 4.25 1-1/4-8 20 2.870 20 2.890 20 7.00 20 7.00 20 5.25 20 5.25 18” 1-1/4-8 4** 1.657 4** 1.437 4** 5.50 4** 5.50 4** 4.00 4** 3.88 1-1/4-8 20 3.184 20 3.006 20 7.50 20 7.25 20 5.69 20 5.69 20” 1-1/4-8 4** 1.681 4** 1.750 4** 5.75 4** 5.50 4** 4.19 4** 4.00 1-1/2-8 20 3.560 20 3.510 20 8.25 20 8.25 20 6.31 20 6.25 24” 1-1/2-8 4** 1.800 4** 1.750 4** 6.25 4** 6.25 4** 4.56 4** 4.50

*Bolt lengths “A” & “B” are from face of valve body to minimum depth in lug. Flange & gasket thickness must be added to calculate minimum bolt length. **Special length required for tapped blind holes on either side of the valve shaft at the top and bottom ends of the valve body.

Flange Detail for ANSI 300 B16.5 Pipe Flanges 300 SHP Series BF Valves (Refer to Fig. 79A) Flanges Drilling Bolting A B C D Nominal Flange Flange Diameter of Diameter of Number Diameter Pipe Size Diameter Thickness Bolt Circle Bolt Holes of Bolts of Bolts 2” 6.50 .88 5.00 .75 5.8” 2-1/2” 7.50 1.00 5.88 3” 8.25 1.12 6.63 8 4” 10.00 1.25 7.88 .88 3/4” 5” 11.00 1.38 9.25 6” 12.50 1.44 10.63 12 8” 15.00 1.62 13.00 1.00 7/8” 10” 17.50 1.88 15.25 1.125 1” 16 12” 20.50 2.00 17.75 1.250 1-1/8” 14” 23.00 2.12 20.25 20 16” 25.50 2.25 22.50 18” 28.00 2.38 24.75 1.375 1-1/4” 20” 30.50 2.50 27.00 24 - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols 24” 36.00 2.75 32.00 1.625 1-1/2”

Fig. 79A 95 ZS-BFV… Series Dimension Drawings ®

12.00 9.00 18.00 0 0 . 1 2 0 0 1 0 0 . 6 1 0 0 . 4

ZS-BFV-10 ZS-BFV-60 ZS-BFV-20 ZS-BFV-70 ZS-BFV-30(X1) ZS-BFV-80

12.00 18.00 0 0 1 0 0 . 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 . 6 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 . 2 1 0 0 . 12.00 9 0 0 . 4

ZS-BFV-90 (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols ZS-BFV-30(X2) ZS-BFV-100(X2)

96 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

For Belimo SY Series Electric Actuators, 2 Position or Modulating

G Provides Fail-Safe Operation for SY Series Industrial Electric Actuators, SY1 thru SY12. G Field Selectable Fail Direction G Readily Available Sealed Lead-Acid Battery Packs G Provides 500% of Power Requirements for Full Load Cycle G Key Lock Hinged Front Steel Controls Enclosure

Application: Simple User Interface:

Typically, applications requiring fail-safe operation of actuated Indicator lights visible through the viewport on the front and devices have had to rely on either the limited power of side of the control cabinet give status indication of mains mechanical spring return actuators, or use costly high pres- power, back-up system charging and fail-safe operation. The sure pneumatic devices to provide fail-safe positioning. Model NSV series is powered from building power, and all power and NSV series computer-grade UPS back-up systems designed logic interface wiring passes through the control cabinet. for use with SY Series electric industrial quarter-turn actua- There are two different series produced, one is used for actu- tors provides the power necessary to drive these actuators to ators which operate under 2 position or on/off control a field selectable fail-safe position. The system consists of a schemes, while the second series is used for actuators oper- painted steel key lock hinged door controls cabinet which ating under proportional control schemes. Various models are houses the logic switching, all field wiring terminal points and available within these two series to provide the most cost- a computer-grade back-up system. The back-up system is a effective and efficient means of providing fail-safe operation component-level device which utilizes a replaceable spill-proof for these actuators. battery pack that can be readily purchased at most office-sup- ply centers.

Safety in Numbers:

The system is designed to provide at a minimum up to 500% of the power required to drive the various actuators through their full 90 degree rotation at full running amperage draws. However, when the actuators have reached their field-selec- table end-of-travel positions, current draw drops to zero and the back-up system sits idle until either the time-out function integral to the battery is reached or the mains power returns, whichever occurs first. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

97 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

For Belimo SY Series Electric Actuators, 2 position – Modulating

TB1

G GND 120VAC MAINS POWER N L2 (NEUTRAL) A.C. LINE VOLTAGE

H L1 (HOT)

M3

CLOSE CONTROL LOGIC A8 OPEN M2 FIELD LOGIC

GRN GREEN NOTE: AG GROUNDING SCREW TERMINAL #7 LINE SENSE ALSO POWERS TB OTHER ELECTRONICS +t° & MUST BE WIRED 7 HEATER SWITCHING (OPT.)

1 WAVEFORM M1 GENERATOR THERMAL OVERLOAD AUTOMATIC RESET

120VAC M SY ACTUATOR M2 M3 CAPACITOR A7 5 NO

OPEN COM SWITCH 1 3 NC A1 6 NO CLOSE ACTUATOR DRIVE COM SWITCH 2 4 NC A5

B NO

COM A6 A SWITCH 3 NC NOTE: SWITCHES SHOWN C WITH ACTUATOR FULLY OPEN F NO

COM D SWITCH 4 NC E

BACK-UP SYSTEM CABINET FIELD WIRING ACTUATOR WIRING

Sequence of Operation - 2 Position Control

The back up system is wired in series between the mains When the mains power is lost, charging power is no longer power and the actuator. Under normal operation, power sup- supplied to the battery system, and the green “LINE IN” indi- plied to TB1 H & N terminals will illuminate the green “LINE cator light is turned off. The battery system automatically gen- IN” indicator light and provide charging voltage to the battery erates modified-sine wave line voltage to provide power for system. While under mains power, the field select switch (or the actuator. The blue “BAT CHARGING” indicator light is form A contacts) are enabled to control the positioning of the turned off, and the yellow “B/U POWER” indicator light is actuator. The end user can install a center-off switch for 3 turned on. The “FAIL POSITION SELECT" switch becomes point floating control, a SPDT toggle switch for 2 position con- active, and depending on its position, drives the actuator trol, or interface through an automation system's form A con- either fully open or fully closed. During this mode of operation, tacts. Any method of operation will not effect the back up the heater is NOT energized, and the position of any field unit's operation. While under mains power, the blue “BAT interface switching is irrelevant. The battery system will pro- CHARGING” indicator light is illuminated while the yellow “B/U vide ample power to drive the actuator more than 5 full torque POWER” indicator light remains off. While under mains power, cycles. However, once the actuator reaches its end-of-travel the position of the “FAIL POSITION SELECT” switch is irrele- limit switch, power drain from the back-up system is reduced vant. Power is supplied through the interface cabinet and the to the requirements of the yellow “B/U POWER” indicator light. (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols actuator heater is enabled. No current is being drawn from the After 15 minutes, the battery system turns itself off and waits battery system during this mode of operation. for the mains power to return. The geartrain design of the SY actuator provides automatic locking of the actuator position after the battery system shuts down. Normal operation is resumed when mains power returns.

98 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

For Belimo SY Series Electric Actuators, 2 position – Modulating

TB1

G GND 120VAC MAINS POWER N L2 (NEUTRAL) A.C. LINE VOLTAGE

H L1 (HOT)

GREEN GRN AG GROUNDING SCREW

DC 90/180

A2 8 M 7 6 HEATER A5 5 4 LINE SENSE 3 NC 2 A6 COM SW 2 1 NO DRIVE SWITCHING NC M2 COM SW 1 NO S

A B N

WAVEFOR M C

B O P I

T 1 L C GENER ATOR M3 A E

2 N N R N 3 E T O N

4 C IN I ANALOG SIGNAL 5 6 - (-) SIGNAL IN 7 + INPUT (+) 120VAC 8 9 (-) SY ACTUATOR 10 OUTPUT 11 - (+) FEEDB ACK 12 + NOTE: DRIVE LOGIC ACTUATOR DRIV E OUT SIGNAL PROCESSING AND FEEDB ACK GENER ATION ARE NON-EXIS TANT DURING BACKUP MODE. DISCONNECT THIS WIRE CONNECTING TERMINAL #3 ON BOTH INTER FACE CARDS, TO ENABLE PROPER BACKUP OPER ATION

B NO COM SW 3 A NC C

F NO COM SW 4 D NC E

BACK-UP SYSTEM WIRIN G FIELD WIRING ACTUATOR WIRIN G

Sequence of Operation - Modulating Control

Note: This Model requires modification to SY "P" Model inter- When the mains power is lost, charging power is no longer face wiring inside the SY actuator. supplied to the battery system, and the green “LINE IN” indi- cator light is turned off. The battery system automatically gen- The back up system is wired in series between the mains erates modified-sine wave line voltage to provide power for power and the actuator. Under normal operation, power sup- the actuator. The blue “BAT CHARGING” indicator light is plied to TB1 H & N terminals will illuminate the green “LINE turned off, and the yellow “B/U POWER” indicator light is IN” indicator light and provide charging voltage to the battery turned on. The “FAIL POSITION SELECT” switch becomes system. While mains power is present, the SY drive logic active, and depending on its position, drives the actuator interface card is enabled and provides proportional positioning either fully open or fully closed. During this mode of operation of the SY actuator in response to incoming signals from cus- the incoming proportional signal is irrelevant. The battery sys- tomer supplied field automation devices. While under mains tem will provide ample power to drive the actuator more than power, the blue “BAT CHARGING” indicator light is illuminated 5 full torque cycles. However, once the actuator reaches its while the yellow “B/U POWER” indicator light remains off. end-of-travel limit switch, power drain from the back-up sys-

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols While under mains power, the position of the “FAIL POSITION tem is reduced to the requirements of the yellow “B/U SELECT” switch is irrelevant. Power is supplied through the POWER” indicator light. After 15 minutes, the battery system interface cabinet and the actuator heater is enabled. All inter- turns itself off and waits for the mains power to return. The nal actuator controls are otherwise not affected by the back- geartrain design of the SY actuator provides automatic lock- up system. All movement of the actuator is controlled by the ing of the actuator position after the battery system shuts automation control system. No current is being drawn from the down. Normal operation is resumed when mains power battery system during this mode of operation. returns.

99 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

For Belimo SY Series Electric Actuators, 2 Position or Modulating

Key Access and Battery System All Connections to APC Connection to Status Viewports Status Indicators Backup are Modular SA16E Interface

SIZING AND PERFORMANCE CHART Runtime % Capacity @ 50% Used @ Replace- Actuator Torque Runtime Draw 2 Pos Modulating Capacity Full ment Model Output Seconds (Amps) Model# Model # (Minutes) Runtime Battery SY1-110(P) 310 12 0.5 NSV-SY-01 NSV-SY-02 47 0.4% RBC2 SY2-110(P) 801 15 1.0 NSV-SY-01 NSV-SY-02 35 0.7% RBC2 SY3-110(P) 1335 22 1.0 NSV-SY-01 NSV-SY-02 35 1.0% RBC2 SY4-110(P) 3560 16 1.3 NSV-SY-01 NSV-SY-02 19 1.4% RBC2 SY5-110(P) 4450 22 1.5 NSV-SY-01 NSV-SY-02 17 2.2% RBC2 SY6-110(P) 5785 28 1.85 NSV-SY-01 NSV-SY-02 17 2.7% RBC2

SY7-110(P) 8900 46 3.2 NSV-SY-03 NSV-SY-04 5 15.3% RBC2

SY8-110(P) 13350 46 4.0 NSV-SY-05 NSV-SY-06 15 5.1% RBC32 SY9-110(P) 17800 58 3.2 NSV-SY-05 NSV-SY-06 24 4.0% RBC32 SY10-110(P) 22250 58 4.0 NSV-SY-05 NSV-SY-06 15 6.4% RBC32 SY11-110(P) 26700 58 3.0 NSV-SY-05 NSV-SY-06 25 3.9% RBC32 SY12-110(P) 31150 58 4.0 NSV-SY-05 NSV-SY-06 15 6.4% RBC32

SY1-24(P) 310 15 1.8 NSV-SY-11 NSV-SY-12 60 0.4% RBC2 SY2-24(P) 801 15 3.0 NSV-SY-11 NSV-SY-12 40 0.6% RBC2 SY3-24(P) 1335 22 3.0 NSV-SY-11 NSV-SY-12 40 0.9% RBC2 SY4-24(P) 3560 16 6.0 NSV-SY-11 NSV-SY-12 20 1.3% RBC2 SY5-24(P) 4450 22 6.5 NSV-SY-11 NSV-SY-12 19 1.9% RBC2

SY1-220(P) 310 12 0.3 NSV-SY-21 NSV-SY-22 42 0.5% RBC2 SY2-220(P) 801 15 0.5 NSV-SY-21 NSV-SY-22 36 0.7% RBC2 SY3-220(P) 1335 22 0.5 NSV-SY-21 NSV-SY-22 36 1.0% RBC2 SY4-220(P) 3560 16 0.6 NSV-SY-21 NSV-SY-22 22 1.2% RBC2 SY5-220(P) 4450 22 0.7 NSV-SY-21 NSV-SY-22 19 1.9% RBC2 SY6-220(P) 5785 28 0.8 NSV-SY-21 NSV-SY-22 17 2.7% RBC2

SY7-220(P) 8900 46 1.6 NSV-SY-23 NSV-SY-24 6 12.8% RBC32 SY8-220(P) 13350 46 2.0 NSV-SY-23 NSV-SY-24 4 19.2% RBC32 SY9-220(P) 17800 58 1.6 NSV-SY-23 NSV-SY-24 6 16.1% RBC32 (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

SY10-220(P) 22250 58 2.0 NSV-SY-25 NSV-SY-26 18 5.4% RBC32 SY11-220(P) 36700 58 1.6 NSV-SY-25 NSV-SY-26 26 3.7% RBC32 SY12-220(P) 31150 58 2.2 NSV-SY-25 NSV-SY-26 15 6.4% RBC32

100 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

AUTOMATION SYSTEM OR SWITCH

CLOSE M3

M2 OPEN

A8

H

110VAC ~

N

G

A7 CLOSE A6

A5 OPEN

A1 ACTUATOR #1 AUX SW TERMINALS AG G 1 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F

Open = H to 3 Opened = A to C

Close = H to 4 Closed = D to F

NSV-SY-01 FIELD WIRING Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX NSV-SY-03 NSV-SY-05 SY(1-12)-110

Wiring diagram for a single on/off SY series 110vac actuator.

Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. A under power. Terminals AG, A1, A5, A6 & A7 are connected to control switch or dry contacts are connected between terminal the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer A8 and M2 or M3 to control the positioning of the actuator wire runs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

101 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

AUTOMATION SYSTEM OR SWITCH

CLOSE M3

M2 OPEN

A8

K1-A H

ACTUATOR #1 110VAC ~ AUX SW TERMINALS

G3145 67 A B C D E F N Open = H to 3 Opened = A to C

G Close = H to 4 Closed = D to F

Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX A7 CLOSE A6

A5 OPEN K1-B K1

A1 ACTUATOR #2 AUX SW TERMINALS AG G 1 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F

Open = H to 3 Opened = A to C NSV-SY-01 Close = H to 4 Closed = D to F Max Load 150VA FIELD WIRING Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX NOTES: K1 COIL MUST MATCH SUPPLY VOLTAGE. SY(1-12)-110 NSV-SY-03 IN THIS SCENARIO, ACTUATOR #1 WORKS Max Load 300VA OPPOSITE ACTUATOR #2. IN THIS EXAMPLE, K1 IS A 4PDT RELAY. OBSERVE POLARITY OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER NSV-SY-05 Max Load 500VA NOTE: Do NOT exceed total VA capacity of NSV-SY backup system.

Wiring diagram for multiple on/off SY series 110vac actuators.

Do NOT exceed the Max Loads as stated above when Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. A connecting multiple actuators. Actuators connected in control switch or dry contacts are connected between terminal this manner operate in parallel from the common automa- A8 and M2 or M3 to control the positioning of the actuator tion control switch and will fail-safe position together. under power. Terminals AG, A1, A5, A6 & A7 are connected to the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer wire runs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

102 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

Automation System USE OF FEEDBACK IS OPTIONAL INPUT RET

2-10VDC FEEDBACK TERMINALS 6 & 11 CAN BE COMMON WHEN CONTROL AND FEEDBACK SIGNALS ARE BOTH SET FOR 2-10VDC OPERATION

C7 NO7 ACTUATOR #1 NC7 AUX SW TERMINALS I7 2-10VDC CONTROL SIGNAL A B C D E F V7 +24V Opened = A to C

GND Closed = D to F I8 5A 250VAC MAX X

H G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 567 8 110 VAC ~ N H - + - + LOGIC DRIVE N OBSERVE POLARITY OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER G

M3 CUT OR REMOVE EXISTING CONNECTION BETWEEN LOGIC AND DRIVE BOARDS M2 AT "X", TO ENABLE BACK UP

A6

A5

A2

AG NSV-SY-02 NSV-SY-04 FIELD WIRING NSV-SY-06

Wiring diagram for a single proportional SY series 110vac actuator.

Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. connected to the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size The control signal from the automation system is wired direct- rules for longer wire runs. ly to the SY actuator. Terminals AG, A2, A5, A6, M2 & M3 are - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

103 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

Automation System USE OF FEEDBACK IS OPTIONAL INPUT 2 RET

TERMINALS 6 & 11 CAN BE COMMON INPUT 1 WHEN CONTROL AND FEEDBACK SIGNALS RET ARE BOTH SET FOR 2-10VDC OPERATION 2-10VDC FEEDBACK ON BOTH ACTUATORS C7 NO7 ACTUATOR #2 NC7 AUX SW TERMINALS I7 2-10VDC CONTROL SIGNAL A B C D E F V7 +24V Opened = A to C

GND Closed = D to F I8 5A 250VAC MAX X

H TO SECOND ACTUATOR G 142635 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 567 8 INPUT AND FEEDBACK 110VAC ~ CONNECTIONS N H - + - + OBSERVE POLARITY LOGIC DRIVE N OBSERVE POLARITY OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER K1A G K1B ACTUATOR #1 M3 CUT OR REMOVE EXISTING CONNECTION AUX SW TERMINALS K2A BETWEEN LOGIC AND DRIVE BOARDS M2 AT "X", TO ENABLE BACK UP A B CED F K2B 110VAC K1 K2 Opened = A to C

A6 Closed = DF to

5A 250VAC MAX A5 X A2

AG G 1 2 3 4 567 8 9 10 11 12 1 2345 678 NSV-SY-02 N H - ++- Max Load 150VA FIELD WIRING LOGIC DRIVE OBSERVE POLARITY OF NSV-SY-04 NOTE: CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER Max Load 300VA Do NOT exceed total VA capacity NSV-SY-06 Max Load 500VA of NSV-SY backup system.

Wiring diagram for multiple proportional SY series 110vac actuators.

Do NOT exceed the Max Loads as stated above when Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. connecting multiple actuators. Actuators connected in The control signal from the automation system is wired direct- this manner operate in parallel from the common automa- ly to the SY actuator. Terminals AG,multi_SYx-110P_210_n A2, A5, A6, M2sv &sy02 M3 are tion control signal and will fail-safe position together. connected to the SY actuators as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer wire runs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

104 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

AUTOMATION SYSTEM OR SWITCH

CLOSE M3

M2 OPEN

A8

H

110VAC ~

N

G

A7 CLOSE A6

A5 OPEN

A1 ACTUATOR #1 AUX SW TERMINALS AG G 1 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F

Open = H to 3 Opened = A to C

NSV-SY-11 Close = H to 4 Closed = D to F

FIELD WIRING Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX

SY(1-5)-24

OBSERVE POLARITY OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER

Wiring diagram for a single on/off SY series 24vac actuator.

Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. A the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer control switch or dry contacts are connected between terminal wire runs. The 24vac transformer required to run the SYxxx- A8 and M2 or M3 to control the positioning of the actuator 24 actuator is built in to the NSV cabinet. under power. Terminals AG, A1, A5, A6 & A7 are connected to - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

105 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

AUTOMATION SYSTEM OR SWITCH

CLOSE M3

M2 OPEN

A8

K1-A H

ACTUATOR #1 110VAC ~ AUX SW TERMINALS

N G3145 67 A B C D E F

Open = H to 3 Opened = A to C

G Close = H to 4 Closed = D to F

Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX

A7 CLOSE A6

A5 OPEN K1-B K1

A1 ACTUATOR #2 AUX SW TERMINALS AG G 1 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F

Open = H to 3 Opened = A to C

NSV-SY-11 Close = H to 4 Closed = D to F Max Load 150VA FIELD WIRING Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX NOTES: K1 COIL MUST MATCH SUPPLY VOLTAGE. SY(1-5)-24 IN THIS SCENARIO, ACTUATOR #1 WORKS OPPOSITE ACTUATOR #2. IN THIS EXAMPLE, K1 IS A 4PDT RELAY. OBSERVE POLARITY OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER

NOTE: Do NOT exceed total VA capacity of NSV-SY backup system.

Wiring diagram for multiple on/off SY series 24vac actuators.

Do NOT exceed the Max Loads as stated above when Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. A connecting multiple actuators. Actuators connected in control switch or dry contacts are connected between terminal this manner operate in parallel from the common automa- A8 and M2 or M3 to control the positioning of the actuator tion control switch and will fail-safe position together. under power. Terminals AG, A1, A5, A6 & A7 are connected to the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer wire runs. The 24vac transformer required to run the SYxxx- 24 actuator is built in to the NSV cabinet. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

106 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

Automation System NOTE: USE OF FEEDBACK IS OPTIONAL SIGNAL PROCESSING AND FEEDBACK GENERATION ARE NON-EXISTANT INPUT DURING BACKUP MODE. RET

2-10vdc FEEDBACK AUX SW TERMINALS

DISCONNECT THIS WIRE A B C D E F CONNECTING TERMINAL Opened = A to C C7 TERMINALS 6 & 11 CANNOT BE COMMON #3 ON BOTH INTERFACE Closed = DF to NO7 USING 4-20mA CONTROL LOOPS. 5A 250VAC MAX NC7 CARDS AND MOVE WIRE ON LOGIC BOARD TERMINAL #A 4-20mA CONTROL SIGNAL +24V TO DRIVE BOARD TERMINAL #3, + TO ENABLE PROPER I8 BACKUP OPERATION -

H X 110VAC ~ ( - ) C C

N O O M M

G S ( S + W W M3 ) N N N

2 1 C C O

M2 X 1 1 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 G B 1 4 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 0 A6 1 2 1 + - F S + - D A E I H C A5 G E E

N D 2 DRIVE LOGIC M A A 4 B T L A E

A2 C I R N K

AG OBSERVE POLARITY OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER NSV-SY-12 FIELD WIRING 24V ACTUATOR WIRING

Wiring diagram for a single proportional SY series 24vac actuator.

Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. connected to the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size The control signal from the automation system is wired direct- rules for longer wire runs. The 24vac transformer required to ly to the SY actuator. Terminals AG, A2, A5, A6, M2 & M3 are run the SYxxx-24 actuator is built in to the NSV cabinet. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

107 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

NOTE: MASTER ACTUATOR IS SET FOR 4-20mA CONT ROL INPUT AUX SW TERMINAL S SIGNAL PROCESSING AND FEEDB ACK A B CDE F GENER ATION ARE NON-EXIS TANT DISCONNECT THIS WIRE Opened = A to C DURING BACKUP MODE. CONNECTING TERMINAL #3 ON BOTH INTER FACE Closed = D to F CARDS AND MOVE WIRE O N 5A 250VAC MAX LOGIC BOARD TERMINAL # A USE OF FEEDB ACK TO DRIVE B OARD TERMINAL #3 , Automation System IS OPTIONAL TO ENABLE P ROPER BACKUP OPER ATION

INPUT RET

2-10VDC FEEDB ACK X C C

C7 O O M M ( NO7 - ) NC7 4-20mA CONTROL N ( O SIGNAL + N N )

+24V C S C S

+ W W

2 1

I8

- X 1 1 1 G 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 B A 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 0 1 - + + - S F I H D E H G E C E N LOGIC DRIVE M D A

A 2 T B L 4 E

R A I N C 110VAC ~ K

N OBSERVE POLARITY O F CONTROL SIGNALS AND P OWER

G SLAVE ACTUATOR IS SET FOR 2-10VDC CONT ROL INPUT M3 X M2 C C O O

A6 M M ( - )

A5 10A SLO N N ( N + O C S S C ) W A2 W

2 1

F1

AG X NSV-SY-12 1 1 1 G 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 B A 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 0 Max Load 150VA 1

FIELD WIRING - + + - S F I E H D G E C E

NOTE: N DRIVE

D LOGIC M A

A 2 B T L 4 E A

R I C Do NOT exceed total VA capacity N of NSV-SY backup system. K OBSERVE POLARITY O F CONTROL SIGNALS AND P OWER

24V ACTUATOR WIRIN G

Wiring diagram for multiple proportional SY series 24vac actuators.

Do NOT exceed the Max Loads as stated above when Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. connecting multiple actuators. Actuators connected in The control signal from the automation system is wired direct- this manner operate in parallel from the common automa- ly to the SY actuator. Terminals AG, A2, A5, A6, M2 & M3 are tion control signal and will fail-safe position together. connected to the SY actuators as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer wire runs. The 24vac transformer required to run the SYxxx-24 actuator is built in to the NSV cabinet. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

108 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

AUTOMATION SYSTEM OR SWITCH

CLOSE M3

M2 OPEN

A8

L1

220VAC ~

L2

G

A7 CLOSE A6

A5 OPEN

A1 ACTUATOR #1 AUX SW TERMINALS AG G 1 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F

Open = H to 3 Opened = A to C

Close = H to 4 Closed = D to F

NSV-SY-21 FIELD WIRING Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX NSV-SY-23 NSV-SY-25 SY(1-12)-220

Wiring diagram for a single on/off SY series 220vac actuator.

Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. A under power. Terminals AG, A1, A5, A6 & A7 are connected control switch or dry contacts are connected between terminal to the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size rules for A8 and M2 or M3 to control the positioning of the actuator longer wire runs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

109 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

AUTOMATION SYSTEM OR SWITCH

CLOSE M3

M2 OPEN

A8 K1-A L1

ACTUATOR #1 220VAC ~ AUX SW TERMINALS

G 1 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F L2 Open = H to 3 A C

G 4 D F

Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX A7 CLOSE A6

A5 OPEN K1-B K1

A1 ACTUATOR #2 AUX SW TERMINALS AG G 1 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F NSV-SY-21 Open = H to 3 A C Max Load 150VA 4 D F FIELD WIRING Hot = H to 7 5A 250VAC MAX NSV-SY-23 NOTES: K1 COIL MUST MATCH SUPPLY VOLTAGE. SY(1-6)-220 Max Load 300VA IN THIS SCENARIO, ACTUATOR #1 WORKS OPPOSITE ACTUATOR #2. IN THIS EXAMPLE, K1 IS A 4PDT RELAY. NSV-SY-25 OBSERVE POLARITY OF Max Load 500VA CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER NOTE: Do NOT exceed total VA capacity of NSV-SY backup system.

Wiring diagram for multiple on/off SY series 220vac actuators.

Do NOT exceed the Max Loads as stated above when Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. A connecting multiple actuators. Actuators connected in control switch or dry contacts are connected between terminal this manner operate in parallel from the common automa- A8 and M2 or M3 to control the positioning of the actuator tion control switch and will fail-safe position together. under power. Terminals AG, A1, A5, A6 & A7 are connected to the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer wire runs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

110 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

Automation System USE OF FEEDB ACK IS OPTIONAL INPUT RET

2-10vdc FEEDBACK TERMINALS 6 & 11 CANN OT BE COMMON USING 4-20mA CONTROL LOOPS.

C7 ACTUATOR #1 NO7 AUX SW TERMINAL S NC7 Opened = AC to

4-20mA CONTROL SIGNAL Closed = D to F +24V +

I8 -

X RED

WHT H G 12 11 10 987 6543 2 1 B A 1 234785 6 220VAC ~ + - + - LOGIC DRIVE N OBSERVE POLARITY O F CONTROL SIGNALS AND P OWER G CUT OR REM OVE EXISTING CONNECTIO N M3 BETWEEN LOGIC AND DRIVE B OARDS AT "X", TO ENABLE BACK UP M2

A6

A5

A2

AG NSV-SY-22 NSV-SY-24 FIELD WIRING NSV-SY-26

Wiring diagram for a single proportional SY series 220vac actuator.

Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. connected to the SY actuator as shown. Observe wire size The control signal from the automation system is wired direct- rules for longer wire runs. ly to the SY actuator. Terminals AG, A2, A5, A6, M2 & M3 are - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

111 ® NSV-SYXX Battery Back-Up System

Wiring Diagrams

Automation System USE OF FEEDBACK FROM SLAVE IS OPTIONAL INPUT RET 4-20mA FEEDBACK - OR - 2-10VDC FEEDBACK TERMINALS 6 & 11 CANNOT BE COMMON USING 4-20mA CONTROL LOOPS.

C7 MASTER ACTUATOR IS SET FOR 4-20mA CONTROL INPUT NO7 ACTUATOR #1 NC7 AUX SW TERMINALS 4-20mA CONTROL SIGNAL A B C D E F +24V + Opened = A to C I8 - Closed = D to F 5A 250VAC MAX

- + - + X

H TO SECOND ACTUATOR INPUT AND FEEDBACK G 142635 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 567 8 230VAC ~ CONNECTIONS N H - + - + OBSERVE POLARITY LOGIC DRIVE N OBSERVE POLARITY OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER K1A G K1B SLAVE ACTUATOR IS SET FOR 2-10VDC CONTROL INPUT ACTUATOR #2 M3 CUT OR REMOVE EXISTING CONNECTION AUX SW TERMINALS K2A BETWEEN LOGIC AND DRIVE BOARDS M2 AT "X", TO ENABLE BACK UP A B CED F K2B 230VAC K1 K2 Opened = A to C

A6 Closed = DF to

5A 250VAC MAX A5 X A2

AG G 1 2 3 4 567 8 9 10 11 12 1 2345 678 NSV-SY-22 N H - ++- Max Load 150VA FIELD WIRING LOGIC DRIVE NSV-SY-24 OBSERVE POLARITY OF Max Load 300VA NOTE: CONTROL SIGNALS AND POWER NSV-SY-26 Do NOT exceed total VA capacity Max Load 500VA of NSV-SY backup system.

Wiring diagram for multiple proportional SY series 220vac actuators. multi_SYx-230P_420_nsvsy22 Do NOT exceed the Max Loads as stated above when Building mains power is connected to G, N & H terminals. connecting multiple actuators. Actuators connected in The control signal from the automation system is wired direct- this manner operate in parallel from the common automa- ly to the SY actuator. Terminals AG, A2, A5, A6, M2 & M3 are tion control signal and will fail-safe position together. connected to the SY actuators as shown. Observe wire size rules for longer wire runs. - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

112 ® Battery Back-Up System

For Belimo SY Series Electric Actuators, 2 Position or Modulating

Back-UPS CS 350VA/Part Number: BK350 Back-UPS CS 500VA/Part Number: BK500 Availability: North America, Latin America Availability: North America, Latin America

Product Overview Product Overview Description: Description: APC Back-UPS, 350VA/210W, APC Back-UPS, 500VA/300W, Input 120V/ Output 120V Input 120V/ Output 120V General Features: General Features: Addl Surge Protected Outlets, Audible Alarms, Addl Surge Protected Outlets, Audible Alarms, Cord Management, Intelligent Battery Cord Management, Intelligent Battery Management, Internet FAX - modem - DSL Management, Internet FAX - modem - DSL protection, Overload Indicator, Replace Batt protection, Overload Indicator, Replace Batt Indicator, Site wiring fault indicator, Software, Indicator, Site wiring fault indicator, Software, User Replaceable batteries User Replaceable batteries Documentation: Documentation: User Manual User Manual

Technical Specifications Technical Specifications Input Output Input Output Nominal input 120 V Output power Nominal input 120 V Output power Input frequency 50/60 capacity 350 VA Input frequency 50/60 capacity 500 VA Hz +/- 5 Hz (auto sensing) Output power Hz +/- 5 Hz (auto sensing) Output power Input Connection Type capacity Input Connection Type capacity NEMA 5-15P 210 Watts NEMA 5-15P 300 Watts Cord Length 6 feet Nominal output voltage 120 V Cord Length 6 feet Nominal output voltage 120 V Input voltage range for Waveform type Stepped Input voltage range for Waveform type Stepped main operations 98 - 140 V approximation to a sinewave main operations 98 - 140 V approximation to a sinewave Output Connections Output Connections (3) NEMA 5-15R (3) (3) NEMA 5-15R (3) NEMA 5-15R (Surge) NEMA 5-15R (Surge)

Batteries Batteries Typical backup time Typical backup time at half load 11.4 minutes at half load 11.4 minutes Battery type Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery with Battery type Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery with suspended electrolyte: leakproof suspended electrolyte: leakproof Typical recharge time ** 8 hour(s) Typical recharge time ** 8 hour(s) Replacement battery cartridge (1) RBC2 Replacement battery cartridge (1) RBC2

Communications & Management Communications & Management Control panel LED status display with On Line: On Battery: Control panel LED status display with On Line: On Battery: Replace Battery and Overload indicators Replace Battery and Overload indicators Audible alarm Alarm when on battery : distinctive low battery Audible alarm Alarm when on battery: distinctive low battery alarm : overload continuous tone alarm alarm: overload continuous tone alarm

Surge Protection and Filtering Surge Protection and Filtering Surge energy rating 480 joules Surge energy rating 480 joules Filtering Full time multi-pole noise filtering: 5% IEEE surge let- Filtering Full time multi-pole noise filtering: 5% IEEE surge let- through: zero clamping response time: meets UL 1449 through: zero clamping response time: meets UL 1449 Dataline protection RJ-11 Modem/Fax/DSL protection Dataline protection RJ-11 Modem/Fax/DSL protection (two wire single line)

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (two wire single line)

113 ® Battery Back-Up System

For Powered Belimo SY Series Electric Actuators, 2 Position or Modulating

Back-UPS 900VA/Part Number: BR900 Physical Dimensions Availability: North America, Latin America NSV-SY Series Back Up Systems Product Overview Description: NSV NSV-SY NSV-SY APC Back-UPS, 900VA/540W, 01, 02 03, 04, 11 05, 06, Input 120V/ Output 120V 21, 22 12, 23, 24 25, 26 General Features: Maximum height Audible Alarms, Automatic Voltage dimensions 13 13 15 Regulation (AVR), Easy Overload Maximum width Recovery, Ethernet Protection, Hot Swap dimensions 22 22 22 Batteries, Modem Protection, Overload Maximum depth Indicator, Replace Batt Indicator, Site wiring dimensions 5 5 5 fault indicator,User Replaceable batteries Net weight 36# 42# 44# Documentation: Shipping Weight 38# 44# 48# User Manual

Technical Specifications Environmental Operating Relative Humidity 0 - 95% Input Output Operating Elevation 0-10000 feet (0-3000 m) Nominal input voltage 120 V Output power Storage Temperature -15 - 45 °C (5 - 113°F) Input frequency 50/60 capacity Storage Relative Humidity 0 - 95% Hz +/- 3 Hz (auto sensing) 900 VA Storage Elevation 0-50000 feet (0-15000 m) Input Connection Type Output power NEMA 5-15P capacity 540 Audible noise at 1 meter from surface of unit 45 dBA Cord Length 6 feet Watts Online thermal dissipation 24 BTU/hr Input voltage range for main Nominal output operations 88 - 139 V voltage 120 V Conformance - APC Back UP Module Waveform type Approvals CSA, FCC B, UL 1778 Stepped approximation Approvals FCC Part 15 Class B, Industry Canada, UL 1778, to a sinewave cUL Listed

Output Connections ** The time to recharge to 90% of full battery capacity follow- (7)NEMA 5-15R ing a discharge to shutdown using a load rated for 1/2 the Batteries full load rating of the UPS. Typical backup time at half load 17.6 minutes Battery type Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery with suspended electrolyte: leakproof Typical recharge time ** 8 hour(s) Replacement battery cartridge (1) RBC32

Communications & Management Control panel LED status display with On Line: On Battery: Replace Battery and Overload indicators Audible alarm Alarm when on battery: distinctive low battery alarm: overload continuous tone alarm

Surge Protection and Filtering Surge energy rating 320 joules

Filtering Full time multi-pole noise filtering: 5% IEEE surge let- (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols through: zero clamping response time: meets UL 1449 Dataline protection RJ-11 Modem/Fax/DSL protection (two wire single line) plus RJ-45 ethernet

114 ® Actuator/Valve Specification To download specifications, see www.belimo.com

I. GENERAL B. Smoke and Combination Fire and Smoke Actuators A. Warranty all actuators for a period of two or five years from the produc- In Section 15820 or equivalent tion date as stated in the Terms and Conditions of Sale and Warranty. 1. All smoke and combination fire and smoke dampers shall be B. Electronic valve and damper actuators shall be as manufactured, brand provided with Belimo Aircontrols FSLF (30 in-#), FSNF (70 in-#), labeled, or distributed by Belimo. or FSAF (133 in-#) actuators. C. Electronic control valves, as specified, shall be Belimo or other brands 2. Equals shall be approved 10 days prior to submission of bid. manufactured, brand labeled or distributed by Belimo. 3. Actuator shall carry a manufacturer’s 5-year warranty and be manufac- D. Other manufacturers must be approved, in writing, 10 days prior to the tured under ISO 9001 quality control. bid date. 4. Actuator shall have microprocessor or electronic based motor controller providing: II. PRODUCTS a. Electronic cut off at full open so that no noise can be generated while A. Electronic Damper Actuators holding open. Holding noise level shall be inaudible. 1. Electronic actuators, less than 600 in-lb. of rated torque, shall have ISO b. Protection so that actuator shall be incapable of burning out if stalled 9001 quality certification and be cULus listed under standard 60730-1 or before full rotation is reached. UL listed under standard 873, CSA C22.2 No. 24 and have CE certification. 5. Housing shall be steel and gears shall be permanently lubricated. 2. Electronic actuators used on dampers shall be designed to directly cou- 6. The actuators shall be direct coupled and employ a steel toothed cold- ple and mount to a stem, shaft or ISO style-mounting pad. Actuator weld clamp for connecting to damper or jack shafts. Aluminum clamps or mounting clamps shall be a V-bolt with a toothed V-clamp creating a cold set-screw attachment are not acceptable. weld, positive grip effect. Single point, bolt, or single screw actuator type 7. Actuator shall have UL555S Listing by the damper manufacturer for 250°F. fastening techniques or direct-coupled actuators requiring field assembly 8. FSLF shall be applied on dampers up to 6 sq. ft. Current draw shall be of the universal clamp is not acceptable. no more than .15A at 120V running, or .06A holding at 120V (5 VA and 3. Actuators shall be fully modulating/proportional, pulse width,floating/tri- 3.5 VA respectively for 24V power).FSNF shall be applied on dampers up state, or two position as required and be factory or field selectable. to 16 sq.ft. Current draw shall be no more than .23A at 120V running, or Actuators shall have visual position indicators and shall operate in .1A holding at 120V (27 VA and 10 VA respectively for 24V power). sequence with other devices if required. 9. FSAF shall be applied on dampers up to 24 sq.ft. Current draw shall be 4. Optional auxiliary switches shall be available. no more than .1A at 120V running, or .05A holding at 120V (10 VA and 3 5. Actuators shall have an operating range of –22° to 122°F. VA respectively for 24V power). 6. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 0-20 mA input signal and 10. Dampers shall be installed straight and true, level in all planes, and provide a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA (with a 500 W load resistor) operating range. square in all dimensions. Dampers shall move freely without undue 7. Actuators shall be capable of operating on 24, 120 or 230VAC, or 24VDC stress due to twisting, racking, bowing, or other installation error. and Class 2 wiring as dictated by the application. Power consumption 11. Do not install in area where moisture can penetrate damper or actuator shall not exceed 10 VA for AC, including 120VAC actuators, and 8 watts nor where actuator temperature exceeds 120°F. per actuator for DC applications. 8. NEMA 2 rated actuators shall be provided with a three foot (minimum), Note: FSLF and FSNF are 350°F actuators, 15 seconds open and pre-wired, electrical cable. Actuators requiring removal of the actuator close. UBC and UL555S cover for access to wiring terminals, exposing electronic, printed circuit FSAF is a 250F actuator, 75 seconds open, 20 seconds close. boards to damage, are unacceptable. UL555S. 9. Actuators shall have electronic overload protection or digital rotation sensing circuitry to prevent actuator damage throughout the entire rota- tion. End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end rotation or mag- C. Electronic Valve Actuators netic clutches are not acceptable. 1. Electronic actuators, less than 600 in-lb. of rated torque, shall have ISO 10. For power-failure/safety applications, an internal mechanical spring return 9001 quality certification and be cULus listed under standard 60730-1 or mechanism shall be built into the actuator housing. Spring return actua- UL listed under standard 873, CSA C22.2 No. 24 and have CE certification. tors shall be capable of CW or CCW mounting orientation. Spring return 2. Electronic actuators used on valves shall be designed to directly couple models > 60 in-lbs. and non-spring return models > 90 in-lbs. will be and mount to a stem, shaft or ISO style-mounting pad. capable of mounting on shafts up to 1.05"in diameter. Spring return actu- 3. Actuators shall be fully modulating/proportional, floating/tri-state, or two ators with more than 60 in-lb. of torque shall have a metal, manual over- position as required and be factory or field selectable. ride crank. 4. Optional auxiliary switches shall be available. 11. Actuators using "on-board" chemical storage systems, capacitors, or other 5. Actuators shall have an operating range of –22° to 122°F. "on-board" non-mechanical forms of fail-safe operation are unacceptable. 6. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 0-20 mA input signal 12. Upon loss of control signal, a proportional actuator shall fail open or and provide a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA (with a load resistor) operating range. closed based on the minimum control signal. Upon loss of power, a non- spring return actuator shall maintain the last position. 7. Actuators shall be capable of operating on 24VAC, 120VAC or 230VAC, or 24VDC and Class 2 wiring as dictated by the application. Power con- 13. Actuators shall be capable of being mechanically and electrically paralleled sumption shall not exceed 10 VA for AC, including 120VAC actuators, and to increase torque if required. Valves and dampers requiring greater torque 8 watts per actuator for DC applications. or higher close off may be assembled with multiple low torque actuators. 8. NEMA 2 rated actuators shall be provided with either a covered terminal 14. Dual mounted actuators using additional anti-rotation strap mechanical strip, or a three, six, or ten foot pre-wired, electrical cable. linkages, or special factory wiring to function are not acceptable. Actuators in a tandem pair must be "off the shelf," standard actuators 9. For power-failure/safety applications, an internal mechanical spring return ready for field wiring. mechanism shall be built into the actuator housing. Spring return actua- tors shall be capable of CW or CCW mounting orientation. Spring return 15. Damper and valve actuators will not produce more than 62 dB (A) when actuators with more than 60 in-lb. of torque shall have a metal, manual furnished with a mechanical fail-safe spring. Non-spring return actuators override crank. shall conform to a maximum noise rating of 45 dB(A) with power on or in 10. Actuators using "on-board" chemical storage systems, capacitors, or other

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols the running or driving mode. "on-board" non-mechanical forms of fail-safe operation are unacceptable. 16. Proportional actuators shall be fully programmable. Control input, posi- tion feedback and running time shall be factory or field programmable. 11. Upon loss of control signal, a proportional actuator shall fail open or Diagnostic feedback shall provide indications of hunting or oscillation, closed based on the minimum control signal. Upon loss of power, a non- mechanical overload, mechanical travel and mechanical load limit. The spring return actuator shall maintain the last position. actuators shall also provide actuator service data, at minimum, number of 12. Actuators utilizing brushless DC technology shall be capable of being hours powered and number of hours in motion. mechanically and electrically paralleled to increase torque if required. 17. Proportional actuators shall be capable of digital communication, as built. Valves requiring greater torque or higher close off may be assembled with two low torque actuators.

115 Actuator/Valve Specification ®

13. Dual mounted actuators using additional anti-rotation strap mechanical b. Valves shall be designed and provided with the proper actuators to pro- linkages, or special factory wiring to function are not acceptable. vide the rated valve close-off. Actuators in a tandem pair must be "off the shelf," standard actuators ready for field wiring. 2. Pressure Independent Characterized Control Valves 14. Valve actuators will not produce more than 62 dB (A) when furnished a. Control valves shall be pressure independent. Balancing valves and with a mechanical fail-safe spring. Non-spring return actuators shall con- associated balancing shall not be required on devices where pressure form to a maximum noise rating of 45 dB(A) with power on or in the run- independent control valves are installed. Balancing valves and balancing ning or driving mode. are required if self-contained pressure independent control valves are not 15. Proportional actuators shall be fully programmable. Control input, posi- installed. tion feedback and running time shall be factory or field programmable. b. The absolute flow accuracy through the valve shall be +/- 5 % due to sys- Diagnostic feedback shall provide indications of hunting or oscillation, tem pressure fluctuations across the valve in the selected operating mechanical overload, mechanical travel and mechanical load limit. The range, and +/- 5% variation due to actuators shall also provide actuator service data, at minimum, number of manufacturing tolerances. hours powered and number of hours in motion. c. The control valves shall be available with floating or proportional actua- 16. Proportional actuators shall be capable of digital communication, as built. tors. The actuator shall be directly coupled to the valve at the factory. Proportional actuators shall be Multi Function Technology as manufac- D. Industrial Actuators tured by Belimo. Multi-turn actuators are not acceptable. 1. Belimo SY Series Industrial Electric Actuators d. The valve shall have an equal percentage characteristic and shall accu- a. The valve actuator shall consist of a thermally protected capacitor-type rately control the flow from 0 to 100% full rated flow. reversible electric motor, a patented planetary worm combination drive, e. A minimum of 5 PSI shall be required to operate the valve pressure inde- heater, limit switches and wiring termination blocks, all contained in a die pendently. cast aluminum enclosure. The drive system will provide continuous, f. Valves shall require no maintenance and shall not include replaceable smooth torque transmission throughout a 90 degree travel. Adjustable cartridges. stops provide mechanical adjustment of end-of-travel. The transmission g. Valves shall be available with optional pressure/temperature ports to shall allow continuous duty operation of a manual override handwheel allow flow verification. without the need to remove power, or de-clutch the manual system. h. Control valves shall be by Belimo. b. Enclosure shall be designed to meet NEMA 4, 4X (weatherproof) require- ments, or CSA approved for non-hazardous locations. c. The actuator shall employ ISO5211 mounting standards to provide for a 3. Characterized Control Valves™ wide range of international applications. a. Control valves shall be of the Characterized Control Valve™ type provid- d. The enclosure will have an industrial quality coating. ed by Belimo. e. Actuator shall have a motor rated for a minimum of 25% duty cycle in b. Characterized Control Valves™ shall be used for all water applications modulating applications. requiring equal percentage characteristics. f. Actuator shall be suitable for operation in ambient temperature ranging c. A TEFZEL‚ flow-characterizing disc shall be installed in the inlet of Two- from -4°F to +150°F [-20°C to +65°C]. way characterized control valves and in the control port of Three-way valves. The valve trim shall utilize a stainless steel ball and stem for all g. The motor shall be fractional horsepower; permanent split capacitor type water or glycol solutions up to 60%. For water applications, an optional designed to operate on 24 VAC, 110 VAC or 220 VAC, 1 pH, 50/60 Hz chrome plated brass ball and brass stem may be used for sizes 3/4’’ and supply. A self resetting thermal switch shall be imbedded in the motor for smaller. overload protection. d. Valve bodies shall be nickel-plated, forged brass with female NPT h. Internal terminal blocks shall be clearly marked for field wiring. A wiring threads. Bodies to 1-1/4" shall be rated at 600 psi and sizes 1-1/2" to 3" diagram shall be permanently attached to the OUTSIDE of the actuator at 400 psi. housing. e. Characterized Control Valves™ shall have a self-aligning, blowout proof, i. Actuator will have a suitable sized NPT entry for external connections. brass stem with a dual EPDM O-ring packing design. Fiberglass rein- j. Gears shall be hardened alloy steel, permanently lubricated. The worm forced Teflon seats shall be used. drive system negates the need for a brake. f. The valves shall have a four bolt mounting flange to provide a 4 position, k. Two adjustable cam actuated end travel limit switches shall be provided field changeable, electronic actuator mounting arrangement. to control electrical movement of the actuator. g. A non-metallic coupling, constructed of high temperature, continual use l. 2 SPDT auxiliary switches, rated 10A at 250 VAC shall be included. The material shall provide a direct, mechanical connection between the valve switches are factory pre-set at 3 degrees and 87 degrees rotation, and body and actuator. The coupling shall be designed to provide thermal may be field adjusted. isolation and eliminate lateral and rotational stem forces. Vent hole shall m. Actuator shall be equipped with a hand wheel or shaft for manual over- be provided to reduce condensation build-up. ride to permit operation of the actuator in the event of electrical power fail- ure or system malfunction. Hand wheel, where applicable, must be per- 4. Globe Valves manently attached to the actuator. (SY2 and larger) a. Globe valves, as specified, shall be by Belimo. n. The handwheel override shall be continuously operational regardless of the powered state of the actuator, without the need to remove electrical b. Two-way and Three-way globe valves may be used only if characterized power if present during the override phase. (SY2 and larger) control valves do not fit the sizing criteria or application. o. The hand wheel will not rotate while the actuator is electrically driven. c. Globe valves may be used for chilled or hot water, steam, or glycol solu- tions to 60%. Screwed and flanged water valves shall have equal per- p. The actuator shall provide a visual indicator beacon on the top of the centage or linear flow characteristics for Two-way or Three-way valves, housing for position status of the actuator and attached devices. respectively. All stems shall be stainless steel. q. Actuator shall have an internal heater and to minimize the d. Screwed globe valves 1/2" through 2" shall have bronze bodies rated at build-up of moisture inside the sealed enclosure. ANSI Class 250. For water up to 35 psi or steam up to 15 psi, trim shall r. Modulating units shall operate under 2-10 VDC, 4-20mA, and 1-5 VDC include a brass plug, a spring-loaded TFE packing, and a bronze seat. control modes. The default shall be 2-10 VDC control. The maximum differential shall be 35 psi for water and 15 psi for steam. (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols e. Two-way and Three-way flanged globe valves 2-1/2" to 6" shall have cast E. Electronic Control Valves iron bodies rated for ANSI Class 125 or ANSI 250. The maximum differen- 1. General tial shall be 25 psi for water and 10 psi for steam. Trim shall include stain- less steel stems, bronze plugs, bronze seats, and a NLP packaging or a a. The manufacturer shall be capable of providing individual valve identifica- complete stainless steel trim and a TFE V-ring packing. tion tagging on each printed valve label. Valve tag identification shall be documented on the approved, submitted valve schedule. f. For steam inlet pressures higher than those stated above, furnish globe valves with stainless steel trim specifically rated for the application.

116 ® Actuator/Valve Specification

5. Direct Coupled Actuator and Adaptor Bracket 7. Butterfly Valves – High Performance a. Actuator shall be designed with an integrated adaptor bracket that will a. Butterfly valves, as specified, shall be by Belimo. direct mount to the valve. b. Butterfly valves 2" to 30" shall have a fully lugged, drilled and tapped, b. Actuator shall provide a linear force capable of fulfilling the required carbon steel body conforming to ANSI class 150 or class 300 standards. close-off of the valve. Flanges shall meet ANSI 150 or ANSI 300 standards. The one-piece c. Actuator shall include an automatic valve coupling device that shall lock body shall feature an extended neck allowing sufficient clearance for securely to the valve stem. flanges and 2" of piping insulation. d. Proportional and spring return actuators shall adapt upon powering the c. The disc shall be 316 stainless steel and provide bi-directional bubble- actuator. This adaptation will determine length and enable the tight close off in either direction for chilled or hot water, 50% glycol appli- actuator to set the minimum and maximum limits of the supplied control cations or steam applications up to the ANSI class limits. The disc shall signal, thereby utilizing the entire control signal range. Feedback, running employ a 360 degree uninterrupted spherical edge for sealing. The disc time and other parameters are automatically adjusted to the effective profile shall be designed for maximum flow and equal percentage control. stroke. d. Shaft shall be mechanically retained in the valve body using an e. Actuator shall have a manual override equipped with an interlocking adjustable gland flange. This flange also serves to prevent leakage out device to protect the actuator from over-torque of the manual override. the valve neck by applying a load against TFE Chevron design washers. These washers provide full ANSI hydrostatic seal to 150% of CWP rating. e. The RTFE bi-directional seat shall employ an encapsulated elastomeric 6. Butterfly Valves – Resilient Seat o-ring core for resiliency. The seat is retained in the valve body by use of a. Butterfly valves, as specified, shall be by Belimo. a retaining ring. The outside diameter of the retaining ring is recessed b. Butterfly valves 2" to 12" shall have a fully lugged, drilled and tapped, within the gasket sealing surface to prevent external leakage. The retain- cast iron body, rated to 200 psi body pressure, with 14" and larger valves ing ring is held in place by means of a stainless wedge ring. having a body pressure rating of 150 psi. Flanges shall meet ANSI f. A permanent metal tag shall designate manufacturer, recommended flow 125/150 standards. The one-piece body shall feature an extended neck direction, series number and materials of construction. allowing sufficient clearance for flanges and 2" of piping insulation. The g. Butterfly valves may be used in all two-position applications and modulat- disc shall be 304 stainless steel and provide bi-directional bubble-tight ing applications larger than 2", or where the close off rating of other valve close off in either direction for chilled or hot water or 50% glycol applica- styles does not meet the design requirements. tions. The disc shall be polished and contoured to minimize torque and wear. Shaft shall be mechanically retained in valve body using split-thrust h. Butterfly valves shall be sized primarily by using velocity calculations to washer and internal retaining-ring design for ease of service. The valve prevent fluid velocities from exceeding 32 feet per second. For modulating body shall employ ISO5211 actuator mounting and shaft connection applications, CV factors at sixty (60) degrees shall be used for determin- standards. ing delta P once size has been determined by the velocity calculations. c. The disc shall have full 360-degree concentric seating. Valves up through i. High torque industrial valve actuators, >300 in-lb. of rated torque, may be 12" shall utilize an internal spline for the disc-to-stem connection. External used where low torque actuators are not suitable. High torque actuators mechanical methods to achieve this mechanical connection, such as pins shall be as manufactured or provided by Belimo. or screws, shall not be employed. Valves 14" and larger will utilize a dual- pin method to prevent the heavy disc from settling onto the liner, causing 8. Zone Valves distortion. A phenolic backed, non-collapsing, EPDM seat shall be field a. Zone valves, as specified, shall be by Belimo. replaceable and shall create a positive seal between flange face and valve body. No gaskets shall be required between the valve and flange b. Zone valves shall be used in terminal unit water applications requiring a faces. The shaft shall be supported at four locations by RPTFE bushings. Two-way or Three-way diverting valve in sizes 1’’ and smaller. d. The flow characteristic shall be modified equal percentage for Two-way c. Zone valves shall have brass bodies with female NPT or sweat ends and valves and linear for Three-way valves. Valves 2" through 12" shall be a stainless steel stem. rated for standard HVAC service of up to 50 psi close-off, or for heavy d. Zone valve actuators shall on/off and shall be available in 24VAC or commercial service of up to 200 psi close-off. Valves 14" and larger shall 120VAC. be rated for up to 150 psi close-off. e. Zone valve actuators shall have a minimum of 20 psi close-off rating. e. A permanent metal tag shall designate manufacturer, series number and f. Zone valves shall have push button for quick removal of actuator. materials of construction. g. Zone valves shall have a leakage rate of 0.1% or lower f. Butterfly valves may be used in all two-position applications and modulat- ing applications larger than 2", or where the close off rating of other valve styles does not meet the design requirements. 9. Industrial Ball Valves g. Butterfly valves shall be sized primarily by using velocity calculations to a. Ball valves, as specified, shall be by Belimo. prevent fluid velocities from exceeding 12 feet per second. For modulating b. Two-way and three-way ball valves may be used only if characterized applications, CV factors at sixty (60) degrees shall be used for determin- control valves do not fit the sizing criteria or application. ing delta P once size has been determined by the velocity calculations. c. Ball valves may be used for chilled or hot water, steam, or glycol solu- h. High torque industrial valve actuators, >300 in-lb. of rated torque, may be tions to 50%. Screwed or flanged water valves shall have modified equal used where low torque actuators are not suitable. High torque actuators percentage or modified linear flow characteristics for two-way and three- shall be as manufactured or provided by Belimo. way valves, respectively. The ball and stem shall be stainless steel, and seats will be RPTFE. d. VS Series screwed ball valves 1/2" through 3" shall have bronze bodies rated to at least 400 WOG. Flanged ball valves 2" through 10" shall have cast iron bodies rated to at least 200 WOG. The maximum differential rat- ing will match the respective valve close-off rating. e. VSS Series screwed ball valves 1/2" through 3" shall have stainless steel bodies rated to at least 600 WOG. The maximum differential rating will

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols match the respective valve close-off rating. f. VS and VSS series ball valves shall provide bubble-tight close-off capabil- ities on all ports up to the specified close-off rating.

117 Terms and Conditions of Sale and Warranty ®

I. General Seller can file a claim for loss or damage in transit with the - 1.1. The following Terms and Conditions of Sale (“Terms”) apply rier. If the damage does not become apparent until the ship- to the sale of products described in this Product Guide ment is unpacked, customer must make a request for inspec- (“Products”). As used herein, “Seller” or “Belimo” refers to tion by the carrier’s agent and file with the carrier within 15 days Belimo Aircontrols (USA) Inc. or Belimo Aircontrols (CAN) Inc., as after receipt of product and notify Seller of the same. Seller is applicable, and “Client” refers to the individual or business entity not liable for consequential damage to Client’s property or a that purchases the Products from Seller. These Terms shall apply third-party’s property resulting from the installation of damaged unless the parties mutually agree to different terms and memori- Products. alize such agreement in a writing signed by both Client and Seller. VI. Delivery II. Price 6.1. Seller undertakes to make every attempt to adhere to its 2.1. The Seller’s price for Products (the “Price”) is net, F.O.B. stated delivery parameters and to make a timely delivery of the Point of Origin, and is calculated in US currency for sales made Products but does not guarantee any delivery specifications. by Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. and calculated in Canadian Each contract entered into for the purchase of Products is not currency for sales made by Belimo Aircontrols (CAN) Inc. cancelable nor is Seller liable for any direct or indirect losses 2.1.The Price, unless otherwise agreed upon, does not include that may arise, for any reason whatsoever, due to Seller’s fail- freight and packaging (wooden crates, pallets, etc), the costs ure to meet any stated or assumed delivery schedules. of which will be charged to Client at cost for each shipment and shall be payable with payment of the Price. VII. Return of Goods 2.3. Orders for Products with a net value of less than US$300 7.1. Products received by Client cannot be returned unless: (i) (CAN$450) will be subject to a US$20 (CAN$35) handling fee Client alerts Seller that it intends to return such Products, (ii) (the “Handling Fee”). The Handling Fee will not be charged for Seller agrees to accept the return of such Products, (iii) Client orders of Products with a net value equal to or greater than obtains a Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) number from US$300 (CAN$450) or for Products ordered through Seller’s Seller for the return of such Products, and (iv) Client follows all internet ordering system at: www.belimo.com. return instructions provided by the Seller. The RMA number 2.4. Seller reserves the right to make partial deliveries of orders must be clearly written on the outside of all packaging for any of Products, each of which deliveries may be invoiced sepa- returned Products. Only Products returned to proper the loca- rately by Seller. tion as instructed by Seller and identified with an RMA number 2.5.The Price does include charges for wiring diagrams, instal- will be considered for credit. lation, and commissioning, which will be charged to Client sep- 7.2. Only Products that are returned in original packaging may arately and will be payable on demand. be accepted for return. Such returned Products must be received in good condition, adequate for resale as new III. Payment Products to qualify for credit. Client will be responsible for pay- 3.1. Invoices are payable in US currency for sales made by ment of a restocking charge for all returned Products in an Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. and in Canadian currency amount no less than 20% of the invoice value of the Products for sales made by Belimo Aircontrols (CAN) Inc. and are due (“Restocking Charges”). All return Products must be shipped no later than 30 days from the date of invoice, without any to Seller at Client’s cost. deductions. 7.3. Returns that result from Seller errors will be credited in full 3.2. If Client fails to pay the entire invoice balance within 60 and will not be subject to Restocking Charges. days from the date of the invoice, Client will be subject to an interest charge of 2% per month (or the maximum rate permit- VIII. Warranty ted by law, whichever is less) on the outstanding unpaid bal- VIII.A 5-year Warranty ance due to Seller. 8.1. Products that are listed in this Product Guide as carrying a 3.3. Clients who maintain outstanding balances for 45 days or 5-year warranty and shipped after May 1, 2000 to a location in more after the date of invoice may be subject to restricted ship- the United States or Canada shall carry a 5-year warranty. The ments of Products or may be required to pay for all future deliv- 5-year warranty is unconditional for the first two years from the eries of Products on a cash-on-delivery basis. date of production of the Products. After the first two years from the date of Production, the warranty shall be conditional IV. Title and Risk and the warranty coverage shall not apply to damage to 4.1. Title to all Products shall remain with Seller and shall not Products caused by ordinary wear and tear, negligence or pass to Client until Seller has received full payment for the improper use by Client, or other causes beyond the control of Products. the Seller. Product -specific terms of warranty with regard to warranty period or conditions of warranty may apply to certain V. Damage or Loss in Transit specified Products as stated in the documentation for those 5.1. Seller assumes no liability for damage or loss of shipment Products. of Products, which risk shall at all times remain with the carrier. VIII.B 2-year Conditional Warranty

All shipments must be unpacked and examined by Client imme- 8.2. Products that are listed in this Product Guide as carrying a (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols diately upon receipt. Any external evidence of loss or damage 2-year warranty and shipped after May 1, 2005 to a location in must be noted on the freight bill accompanying the shipment of the United States or Canada shall carry a 2-year warranty. The Products or carrier’s receipt and signed by the carrier’s agent at 2-year warranty is conditional and the warranty coverage shall the time of delivery. Failure to do so will result in the carrier’s not apply to damage to Products caused by ordinary wear and refusal to honor any claim relating to damage of Products. tear, negligence or improper use by Client, or other causes Client must also notify Seller of such damage by providing beyond the control of the Seller. Product -specific terms of war- Seller with a copy of the freight bill or damage report so that ranty with regard to warranty period or conditions of warranty

118 ® Terms and Conditions of Sale and Warranty

may apply to certain specified Products as stated in the docu- returned Products is actually field related, or the Products mentation for those Products. have been returned for cosmetic reasons only. VIII.C General Warranty Terms 8.13. Advanced replacement Products for butterfly valve actu- 8.3. Seller’s warranty may be null and void in the event of any: ators may not be new, but have been verified by the Seller for (a) modification or unauthorized repairs of Products by Client, electrical and mechanical operation. Such Products carry the (b) unauthorized incorporation or integration of Products into full warranty for the entire Replacement Warranty Period. or with Client’s equipment, (c) use of Products in an unautho- rized manner, or (d) damage to Products not caused by Seller. IX. No Warranty for Non-HVAC Application 8.4. Client must promptly notify Seller of Products’ alleged 9.1. All Seller warranties shall extend only to HVAC use of the defect and provide Seller with other evidence and documenta- Products. If Products are used in non-HVAC application (e.g., tion reasonably requested by Seller. Before removing aircraft, industrial processes, etc.), Seller’s warranties shall not Products from service, Client should contact a Seller-author- cover such Products. Client will be solely responsible for any ized support technician by calling Belimo customer service. damage to or malfunction of Products or for any damage The contact information for Belimo customer service is listed resulting from such use of Products. on the back page of Belimo’s Product Guide and Price List (“PGPL”) or may be found at www.belimo.com. Belimo cus- X. Liability Disclaimer tomer service will work with field technicians to troubleshoot 10.1. These Terms constitute the entire understanding and problems. Many problems can be resolved over the phone. agreement between Seller and Client regarding the warranties 8.5. If a problem cannot be resolved over the phone, an RMA that cover Products and supersedes all previous understand- number will be issued by Seller for return of the Products. Prior ings, agreements, communications and representations. to returning any Products under a warranty, Client must obtain Seller shall not be responsible for and Client does not have an RMA number from Seller, along with shipping instructions for any right to make any claim for, damage that occurs to any the return. The RMA number must be clearly written on the out- property other than Products. Seller shall in no way be side of the box containing the returned Products. Only Products responsible for any costs incurred by Client in the determina- returned to the proper location and identified with an RMA num- tion of the causes of damage to any of Client’s property, for ber will be accepted by the Seller. expert opinions, or for any punitive or special, incidental or 8.6. All returned Products should be packaged appropriately to consequential damages of any kind whatsoever. prevent further damage. Seller reserves the right to refuse any returned material if improperly packaged or labeled (without 10.2. Seller shall not be liable for any damage resulting from or an RMA number). Products returned without proper RMA contributed by Client or third parties acting within the scope of documentation will void Seller’s warranty. responsibility of Client or such third party when: 8.7. Products found to be defective for which a warranty is 1. Products are used for non-HVAC applications, such as in applicable will either be replaced or repaired at the Seller’s dis- aircrafts, industrial processes, etc.; cretion. Seller is not responsible for charges that Client may 2. Client uses the Products without complying with applicable incur as a result of the removal or replacement of Products. law or institutional regulations or Belimo data and installa- 8.8. Repaired or replacement Products are shipped from tion sheets or Client uses the Products without following Seller via ground shipment. Other shipping methods are avail- good industry practice; able at the sole expense of the Client. 3. Products are used by personnel who have not received 8.9. Repaired, replaced or exchanged Products will carry a suitable instruction; or warranty for a period of time equal to the greater of: (i) the 4. Products are modified or repaired without the written remainder of the original 5-year warranty or 2-year warranty approval of Seller. that was applicable to the repaired, replaced or exchanged When requested to do so, Client shall immediately release Products, or (ii) six months, effective from the date the Seller in full from any possible third party claims resulting in repaired, exchanged or replaced Products are shipped by connection with the circumstances listed above. This also Seller (the “Replacement Warranty Period”). applies to claims in connection with product liability. 8.10. Advanced replacement Products for Products covered 10.3. If Client becomes aware that any third party has made or under warranty may be obtained from Seller after the Belimo appears likely to make any claim regarding Products (including, customer service troubleshooting process has been complet- without limitation, regarding Product defects or rights infringed ed. For industrial products (such as butterfly valves), a pur- by Products), then Client shall immediately inform Seller and chase order is required. The purchase order will be credited afford to Seller all assistance that Seller may require to enforce upon the receipt and verification by Seller of the returned its rights and defend such claim. defective Products. For non-industrial products, an invoice will be issued and shall be due and payable is the returned XI. Proper Law and Jurisdiction Products are not received by Seller within 60 days from the 11.1. All sales of Products under these Terms and the war- date of that the replacement Products are shipped. Additional ranties described herein shall be governed by the laws of the

- 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols charges may apply if the nature of the problem has been mis- State of Connecticut, and the parties agree to submit to the represented by Client. exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts located in 8.11. Both the conditional and unconditional warranties cover the State of Connecticut with respect to any dispute arising the Products only, and do NOT cover labor associated with the from the subject matter hereof. The parties hereby waive all troubleshooting, removal or replacement of such Products. rights to a jury trial in connection with any claims relating to the 8.12. New Products ordered in an attempt to circumvent the subject matter hereof. warranty process may NOT be reimbursed if, upon receipt of returned Products, it is determined that the defect in the

119 Notes/Work Pad ® - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

120 ® Notes/Work Pad - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

121 Notes/Work Pad ® - 04/07 - Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. J20736 - 04/07 Subject to change. © Belimo Aircontrols

122